From 34f6e0dd33230441b8a91130467b3164e343853e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dean Camera Date: Tue, 9 Jun 2009 04:27:53 +0000 Subject: Deleted Host ClassDriver demos -- not yet started, faster to rebase new ClassDriver demos from the newly schedulerless LowLevel host demos rather than re-convert each demo from the previous scheduler-based implementations. Fixes to MassStorageHost demo to improve compatibility with more USB drives. --- Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.c | 279 ---- Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.h | 88 -- Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.txt | 59 - Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.c | 255 ---- Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.h | 85 -- Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/Doxygen.conf | 1485 -------------------- Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/makefile | 735 ---------- .../ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c | 174 --- .../ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h | 69 - Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/Doxygen.conf | 1485 -------------------- .../ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c | 343 ----- .../ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h | 97 -- .../ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt | 55 - Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/makefile | 734 ---------- .../ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c | 145 -- .../ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h | 72 - Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Doxygen.conf | 1485 -------------------- Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c | 335 ----- Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h | 96 -- .../Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt | 64 - Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile | 735 ---------- .../KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c | 172 --- .../KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h | 79 -- .../KeyboardHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf | 1485 -------------------- .../ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c | 72 - .../ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h | 79 -- .../KeyboardHostWithParser.c | 352 ----- .../KeyboardHostWithParser.h | 80 -- .../KeyboardHostWithParser.txt | 62 - .../ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile | 736 ---------- .../ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c | 172 --- .../ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h | 75 - .../Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Doxygen.conf | 1485 -------------------- .../MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c | 685 --------- .../MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h | 175 --- .../ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/SCSI_Codes.h | 85 -- .../ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c | 431 ------ .../ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h | 85 -- .../MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt | 61 - Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile | 737 ---------- .../Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c | 155 -- .../Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h | 72 - Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Doxygen.conf | 1485 -------------------- Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c | 331 ----- Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h | 96 -- Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt | 65 - Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile | 734 ---------- .../MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c | 172 --- .../MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h | 80 -- .../ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf | 1485 -------------------- .../ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c | 71 - .../ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h | 88 -- .../MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c | 362 ----- .../MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h | 80 -- .../MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt | 62 - .../Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile | 736 ---------- .../ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c | 192 --- .../ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h | 75 - Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Doxygen.conf | 1485 -------------------- .../ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h | 51 - .../StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c | 279 ---- .../StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h | 110 -- .../ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c | 434 ------ .../ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h | 83 -- .../ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt | 58 - Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile | 735 ---------- .../MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c | 16 +- .../MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h | 2 +- .../LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c | 1 + 69 files changed, 13 insertions(+), 25565 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.txt delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/Doxygen.conf delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/makefile delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/Doxygen.conf delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/makefile delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Doxygen.conf delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Doxygen.conf delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/SCSI_Codes.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Doxygen.conf delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Doxygen.conf delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt delete mode 100644 Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile (limited to 'Demos') diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.c deleted file mode 100644 index b83473106..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,279 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the CDCHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of - * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "CDCHost.h" - -/* Scheduler Task List */ -TASK_LIST -{ - { .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP }, - { .Task = USB_CDC_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP }, -}; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then - * starts the scheduler to run the application tasks. - */ -int main(void) -{ - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - SerialStream_Init(9600, false); - LEDs_Init(); - - /* Indicate USB not ready */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); - - /* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */ - Scheduler_Init(); - - /* Initialize USB Subsystem */ - USB_Init(); - - /* Start-up message */ - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY - "CDC Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF)); - - /* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */ - Scheduler_Start(); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and - * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void) -{ - puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n")); - UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating); - - /* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and - * stops the library USB task management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void) -{ - /* Stop keyboard and USB management task */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP); - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_CDC_Host, TASK_STOP); - - puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n")); - UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully - * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void) -{ - /* Start CDC Host task */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_CDC_Host, TASK_RUN); - - /* Indicate device enumeration complete */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */ -void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode) -{ - USB_ShutDown(); - - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError); - for(;;); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while - * enumerating an attached USB device. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode) -{ - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState); - - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); -} - -/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to - * log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates. - * - * \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the CDCHost_StatusCodes_t enum - */ -void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus) -{ - uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS; - - /* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */ - switch (CurrentStatus) - { - case Status_USBNotReady: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1); - break; - case Status_USBEnumerating: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2); - break; - case Status_USBReady: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2); - break; - case Status_EnumerationError: - case Status_HardwareError: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3); - break; - } - - /* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); -} - -/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read in - * data received from the attached CDC device and print it to the serial port. - */ -TASK(USB_CDC_Host) -{ - uint8_t ErrorCode; - - switch (USB_HostState) - { - case HOST_STATE_Addressed: - /* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */ - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE), - .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration, - .wValue = 1, - .wIndex = 0, - .wLength = 0, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */ - if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error via status LEDs */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured; - break; - case HOST_STATE_Configured: - puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n")); - - /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */ - if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead) - { - if (ErrorCode == ControlError) - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n")); - else - puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n")); - - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error via status LEDs */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - puts_P(PSTR("CDC Device Enumerated.\r\n")); - - USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready; - break; - case HOST_STATE_Ready: - /* Select and the data IN pipe */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_IN); - - /* Check to see if a packet has been received */ - if (Pipe_IsINReceived()) - { - /* Check if data is in the pipe */ - if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()) - { - /* Get the length of the pipe data, and create a new buffer to hold it */ - uint16_t BufferLength = Pipe_BytesInPipe(); - uint8_t Buffer[BufferLength]; - - /* Read in the pipe data to the temporary buffer */ - Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, BufferLength); - - /* Print out the buffer contents to the USART */ - for (uint16_t BufferByte = 0; BufferByte < BufferLength; BufferByte++) - putchar(Buffer[BufferByte]); - } - - /* Clear the pipe after it is read, ready for the next packet */ - Pipe_ClearIN(); - } - - /* Select and unfreeze the notification pipe */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Check if a packet has been received */ - if (Pipe_IsINReceived()) - { - /* Discard the unused event notification */ - Pipe_ClearIN(); - } - - /* Freeze notification IN pipe after use */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - - break; - } -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.h deleted file mode 100644 index afec780e7..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for CDCHost.c. - */ - -#ifndef _CDC_HOST_H_ -#define _CDC_HOST_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include - #include - #include - #include - #include - - #include // Library Version Information - #include // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes - #include // USB Functionality - #include // Serial stream driver - #include // LEDs driver - #include // Simple scheduler for task management - - #include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Pipe number for the CDC data IN pipe */ - #define CDC_DATAPIPE_IN 1 - - /** Pipe number for the CDC data OUT pipe */ - #define CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT 2 - - /** Pipe number for the CDC notification pipe */ - #define CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE 3 - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */ - enum CDCHost_StatusCodes_t - { - Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */ - Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */ - Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */ - Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */ - Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */ - }; - - /* Task Definitions: */ - TASK(USB_CDC_Host); - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void); - - void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4fac1d03d..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage CDC Host Demo - * - * \section SSec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *
USB Mode:Host
USB Class:Communications Device Class (CDC)
USB Subclass:Abstract Control Model (ACM)
Relevant Standards:USBIF CDC Class Standard
Usable Speeds:Full Speed Mode
- * - * \section SSec_Description Project Description: - * - * CDC host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application - * for implementing a USB CDC host, for CDC devices using the standard ACM profile. - * - * This demo prints out received CDC data through the serial port. - * - * Not that this demo is only compatible with devices which report the correct CDC - * and ACM class, subclass and protocol values. Most USB-Serial cables have vendor - * specific features, thus use vendor-specific class/subclass/protocol codes to force - * the user to use specialized drivers. This demo is not compatible with such devices. - * - * \section SSec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * - * - * - * - *
- * None - *
- */ diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index baf02a216..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,255 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations - * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures - * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - -/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This - * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate - * with compatible devices. - * - * This routine searches for a CDC interface descriptor containing bulk data IN and OUT endpoints, and an interrupt event endpoint. - * - * \return An error code from the CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum. - */ -uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void) -{ - uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData; - uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize; - uint8_t FoundEndpoints = 0; - - /* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */ - if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - return ControlError; - - /* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */ - if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE) - return DescriptorTooLarge; - - /* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */ - ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize); - - /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */ - USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData); - - /* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration) - return InvalidConfigDataReturned; - - /* Get the CDC control interface from the configuration descriptor */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoCDCInterfaceFound; - } - - /* Get the IN and OUT data endpoints for the CDC interface */ - while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE) | (1 << CDC_DATAPIPE_IN) | (1 << CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT))) - { - /* Fetch the next bulk or interrupt endpoint from the current CDC interface */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextInterfaceCDCDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Check to see if the control interface's notification pipe has been found, if so search for the data interface */ - if (FoundEndpoints & (1 << CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE)) - { - /* Get the next CDC data interface from the configuration descriptor (CDC class has two CDC interfaces) */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextCDCDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoCDCInterfaceFound; - } - } - else - { - /* Clear the found endpoints mask, since any already processed endpoints aren't in the CDC interface we need */ - FoundEndpoints = 0; - - /* Disable any already configured pipes from the invalid CDC interfaces */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE); - Pipe_DisablePipe(); - Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_IN); - Pipe_DisablePipe(); - Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT); - Pipe_DisablePipe(); - - /* Get the next CDC control interface from the configuration descriptor (CDC class has two CDC interfaces) */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoCDCInterfaceFound; - } - } - - /* Fetch the next bulk or interrupt endpoint from the current CDC interface */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextInterfaceCDCDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoEndpointFound; - } - } - - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t); - - /* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */ - if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT) - { - /* If the endpoint is a IN type interrupt endpoint */ - if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN) - { - /* Configure the notification pipe */ - Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN, - EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE); - - Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(); - Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(EndpointData->PollingIntervalMS); - - /* Set the flag indicating that the notification pipe has been found */ - FoundEndpoints |= (1 << CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE); - } - } - else - { - /* Check if the endpoint is a bulk IN or bulk OUT endpoint */ - if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN) - { - /* Configure the data IN pipe */ - Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_IN, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_IN, - EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE); - - Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Set the flag indicating that the data IN pipe has been found */ - FoundEndpoints |= (1 << CDC_DATAPIPE_IN); - } - else - { - /* Configure the data OUT pipe */ - Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT, - EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE); - - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Set the flag indicating that the data OUT pipe has been found */ - FoundEndpoints |= (1 << CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT); - } - } - } - - /* Valid data found, return success */ - return SuccessfulConfigRead; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC control Class, Subclass and Protocol values. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - /* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct control interface found */ - if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == CDC_CONTROL_CLASS) && - (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).SubClass == CDC_CONTROL_SUBCLASS) && - (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == CDC_CONTROL_PROTOCOL)) - { - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - } - - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC data Class, Subclass and Protocol values. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - /* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct data interface found */ - if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == CDC_DATA_CLASS) && - (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).SubClass == CDC_DATA_SUBCLASS) && - (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == CDC_DATA_PROTOCOL)) - { - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - } - - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next bulk IN or OUT endpoint, or interrupt IN endpoint within the current interface, - * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint (so that it may be compared - * using a different comparator to determine if it is another CDC class interface). - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceCDCDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint) - { - uint8_t EndpointType = (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK); - - if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail; - } - - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1a118cad3..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c. - */ - -#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ -#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include // USB Functionality - - #include "CDCHost.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Interface Class value for the CDC class */ - #define CDC_CONTROL_CLASS 0x02 - - /** Interface Class value for the CDC Communication Interface subclass */ - #define CDC_CONTROL_SUBCLASS 0x02 - - /** Interface Class value for the CDC protocol */ - #define CDC_CONTROL_PROTOCOL 0x01 - - /** Interface Class value for the CDC data class */ - #define CDC_DATA_CLASS 0x0A - - /** Interface Class value for the CDC data subclass (unused) */ - #define CDC_DATA_SUBCLASS 0x00 - - /** Interface Class value for the CDC data protocol */ - #define CDC_DATA_PROTOCOL 0x00 - - /** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */ - #define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512 - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */ - enum CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t - { - SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */ - ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */ - DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */ - InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */ - NoCDCInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible CDC interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */ - NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< Compatible CDC endpoints were not found in the device's CDC interface */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void); - - uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor); - uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor); - uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceCDCDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index 320951a5f..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project -# -# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all -# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the -# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See -# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded -# by quotes) that should identify the project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - CDC Host Demo" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. -# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or -# if some version control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0 - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) -# base path where the generated documentation will be put. -# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location -# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create -# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output -# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. -# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of -# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would -# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# The default language is English, other supported languages are: -# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, -# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, -# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, -# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, -# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in -# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). -# Set to NO to disable this. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend -# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. -# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator -# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string -# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be -# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is -# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. -# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically -# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" -# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" -# "represents" "a" "an" "the" - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full -# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set -# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag -# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is -# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of -# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the -# path to strip. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of -# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells -# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. -# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class -# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that -# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter -# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems -# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen -# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc -# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments -# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will -# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments -# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring -# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen -# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// -# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. -# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed -# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented -# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it -# re-implements. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce -# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will -# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. -# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts -# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". -# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to -# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which -# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". -# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. -# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list -# of all members will be omitted, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified -# scopes will look different, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Fortran. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for -# VHDL. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should -# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. -# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. -# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public -# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter -# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) -# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the -# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or -# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the -# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of -# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a -# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to -# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using -# the \nosubgrouping command. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum -# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically -# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to -# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. -# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. -# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is -# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause -# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time -# causing a significant performance penality. -# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the -# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on -# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the -# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: -# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, -# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols - -SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. -# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless -# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) -# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. -# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local -# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in -# the interface are included in the documentation. -# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base -# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default -# anonymous namespace are hidden. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. -# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the -# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. -# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. -# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various -# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. -# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the -# documentation. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. -# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the -# function's detailed documentation block. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation -# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set -# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. -# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate -# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen -# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the -# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation -# of that file. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] -# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen -# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members -# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically -# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) -# the group names will appear in their defined order. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be -# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to -# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, -# not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the -# alphabetical list. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting -# \deprecated commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional -# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines -# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in -# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified -# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. -# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the -# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer -# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated -# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the -# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories -# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy -# in the documentation. The default is NO. - -SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. -# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the -# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index -# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command , where is the value of -# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and is the name of an input file -# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output -# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by -# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files -# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents -# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a -# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name -# of the layout file. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated -# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank -# NO is used. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings -# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will -# automatically be disabled. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some -# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that -# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for -# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters -# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about -# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of -# documentation. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that -# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text -# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the -# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain -# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could -# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning -# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written -# to stderr. - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or -# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories -# with spaces. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is -# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built -# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for -# the list of possible encodings. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank the following patterns are tested: -# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx -# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories -# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. -# If left blank NO is used. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. - -EXCLUDE = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded -# from the input. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched -# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories -# for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see -# the \include command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank all files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude -# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see -# the \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command , where -# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the name of an -# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes -# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be -# ignored. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: -# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further -# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER -# is applied to all files. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source -# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will -# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also -# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body -# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct -# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code -# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented -# functions referencing it will be listed. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented entities -# called/used by that function will be listed. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) -# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from -# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will -# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code -# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen -# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source -# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You -# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for -# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index -# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project -# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then -# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns -# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all -# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. -# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that -# should be ignored while generating the index headers. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate HTML output. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for -# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank -# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard footer. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading -# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to -# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen -# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy -# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own -# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, -# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to -# NO a bullet list will be used. - -HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 -# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). -# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the -# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that -# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find -# it at startup. -# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the -# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple -# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) -# can be grouped. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that -# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a -# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen -# will append .docset to the name. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the -# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) -# of the generated HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You -# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. - -CHM_FILE = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of -# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run -# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag -# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that -# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING -# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file -# content. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag -# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a -# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members -# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER -# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for -# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated -# HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. -# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Namespace. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. -# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated -# .qhp file . - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at -# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and -# the value YES disables it. - -DISABLE_INDEX = NO - -# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) -# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. -# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated -# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that -# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are -# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values -# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, -# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; -# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which -# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous -# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE -# respectively. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be -# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree -# is shown. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included -# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that -# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need -# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory -# to force them to be regenerated. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate Latex output. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to -# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the -# default command name. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used -# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and -# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX -# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for -# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until -# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated -# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of -# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep -# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. -# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not -# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) -# in the output. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output -# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with -# other RTF readers or editors. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated -# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other -# programs which support those fields. -# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's -# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide -# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. -# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate man pages - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to -# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, -# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity -# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files -# only source the real man page, but without them the man command -# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an XML file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_SCHEMA = - -# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_DTD = - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting -# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that -# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file -# that captures the structure of the code including all -# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental -# and incomplete at the moment. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this -# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the -# moment. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate -# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able -# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be -# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful -# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this -# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller -# and Perl will parse it just the same. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file -# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. -# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same -# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include -# files. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro -# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional -# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled -# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES -# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the -# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files -# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by -# the preprocessor. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will -# be used. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that -# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name -# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are -# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being -# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator -# instead of the = operator. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then -# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. -# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. -# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then -# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone -# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such -# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse -# the parser if not removed. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. -# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation -# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without -# this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or -# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool -# does not have to be run to correct the links. -# Note that each tag file must have a unique name -# (where the name does NOT include the path) -# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen -# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create -# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed -# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes -# will be listed. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed -# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will -# be listed. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base -# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that -# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a -# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide -# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented -# or is not a class. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization -# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section -# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output -# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This -# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need -# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name -# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, -# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the -# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory -# containing the font. - -DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. -# The default size is 10pt. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the -# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a -# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot -# can find it using this tag. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the -# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and -# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the -# relations between templates and their instances. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT -# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented -# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with -# other documented files. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and -# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each -# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or -# indirectly include this file. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs -# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller -# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES -# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories -# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include -# relations between the files in the directories. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif -# If left blank png will be used. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. - -DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin" - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the -# \dotfile command). - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of -# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph -# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is -# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the -# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note -# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the -# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable -# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes -# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this -# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large -# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not -# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, -# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of -# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) -# support this, this feature is disabled by default. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and -# arrows in the dot generated graphs. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate -# the various graphs. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to the search engine -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be -# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index f1255aad2..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,735 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*- -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al. -# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. << -# -# Released to the Public Domain -# -# Additional material for this makefile was written by: -# Peter Fleury -# Tim Henigan -# Colin O'Flynn -# Reiner Patommel -# Markus Pfaff -# Sander Pool -# Frederik Rouleau -# Carlos Lamas -# Dean Camera -# Opendous Inc. -# Denver Gingerich -# -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# On command line: -# -# make all = Make software. -# -# make clean = Clean out built project files. -# -# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF. -# -# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF. -# -# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude. -# Please customize the avrdude settings below first! -# -# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must -# have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must -# have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer -# (must have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP -# (must have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have -# DoxyGen installed) -# -# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, -# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging. -# -# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only. -# -# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting -# bug reports to the GCC project. -# -# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all". -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -# MCU name -MCU = at90usb1287 - - -# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring -# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called -# "Board" inside the application directory. -BOARD = USBKEY - - -# Processor frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the -# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to -# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done -# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code. -# Typical values are: -# F_CPU = 1000000 -# F_CPU = 1843200 -# F_CPU = 2000000 -# F_CPU = 3686400 -# F_CPU = 4000000 -# F_CPU = 7372800 -# F_CPU = 8000000 -# F_CPU = 11059200 -# F_CPU = 14745600 -# F_CPU = 16000000 -# F_CPU = 18432000 -# F_CPU = 20000000 -F_CPU = 8000000 - - -# Input clock frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the -# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may -# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the -# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed -# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' -# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your -# source code. -# -# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the -# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU. -F_CLOCK = 8000000 - - -# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary) -FORMAT = ihex - - -# Target file name (without extension). -TARGET = CDCHost - - -# Object files directory -# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make -# this an empty or blank macro! -OBJDIR = . - - -# Path to the LUFA library -LUFA_PATH = ../../.. - - -# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -SRC = $(TARGET).c \ - ConfigDescriptor.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \ - - -# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -CPPSRC = - - -# List Assembler source files here. -# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s -# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler -# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"! -# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same, -# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does -# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line. -ASRC = - - -# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. -# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size. -# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.) -OPT = s - - -# Debugging format. -# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs. -# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2. -# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run. -DEBUG = dwarf-2 - - -# List any extra directories to look for include files here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ - - -# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level. -# c89 = "ANSI" C -# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions -# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented) -# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions -CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C sources -CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" - - -# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources -ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources -CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS - - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) -CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections -CFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20 -CFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) -CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions -CPPFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls -#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Assembler Options ---------------- -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns: create listing -# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that -# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames -# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source -# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there] -# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex -# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input. -ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 - - -#---------------- Library Options ---------------- -# Minimalistic printf version -PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min - -# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version. -PRINTF_LIB = -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN) -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -# Minimalistic scanf version -SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min - -# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version. -SCANF_LIB = -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN) -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -MATH_LIB = -lm - - -# List any extra directories to look for libraries here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRALIBDIRS = - - - -#---------------- External Memory Options ---------------- - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# only used for heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -EXTMEMOPTS = - - - -#---------------- Linker Options ---------------- -# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker. -# -Map: create map file -# --cref: add cross reference to map file -LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections -LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) -LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) -LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) -#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x - - - -#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ---------------- - -# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd -# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500 -# -# Type: avrdude -c ? -# to get a full listing. -# -AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII - -# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port. -AVRDUDE_PORT = usb - -AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex -#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep - - -# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter. -# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn, -# see avrdude manual. -#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y - -# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be -# performed after programming the device. -#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V - -# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug -# reports about avrdude. See -# to submit bug reports. -#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v - -AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) - - - -#---------------- Debugging Options ---------------- - -# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency. -DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) - -# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight. -# DEBUG_UI = gdb -DEBUG_UI = insight - -# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr. -DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice -#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr - -# GDB Init Filename. -GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit - -# When using avarice settings for the JTAG -JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 - -# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr. -DEBUG_PORT = 4242 - -# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally -# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when -# avarice is running on a different computer. -DEBUG_HOST = localhost - - - -#============================================================================ - - -# Define programs and commands. -SHELL = sh -CC = avr-gcc -OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy -OBJDUMP = avr-objdump -SIZE = avr-size -AR = avr-ar rcs -NM = avr-nm -AVRDUDE = avrdude -REMOVE = rm -f -REMOVEDIR = rm -rf -COPY = cp -WINSHELL = cmd - -# Define Messages -# English -MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none -MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- -MSG_END = -------- end -------- -MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: -MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: -MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: -MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: -MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: -MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: -MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: -MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: -MSG_LINKING = Linking: -MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: -MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: -MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: -MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: -MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: - - - - -# Define all object files. -OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - -# Define all listing files. -LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - - -# Compiler flags to generate dependency files. -GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d - - -# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags. -# Add target processor to flags. -ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) - - - - - -# Default target. -all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end - -# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library. -build: elf hex eep lss sym -#build: lib - - -elf: $(TARGET).elf -hex: $(TARGET).hex -eep: $(TARGET).eep -lss: $(TARGET).lss -sym: $(TARGET).sym -LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a -lib: $(LIBNAME) - - - -# Eye candy. -# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on -# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job. -begin: - @echo - @echo $(MSG_BEGIN) - -end: - @echo $(MSG_END) - @echo - - -# Display size of file. -HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex -ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf -MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) -FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) - -sizebefore: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -sizeafter: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -checkhooks: build - @echo - @echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events ------- - @$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \ - cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \ - echo "(None)" - @echo ------------------------------------ - -checklibmode: - @echo - @echo ----------- Library Mode ----------- - @$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \ - | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \ - || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)." - @echo ------------------------------------ - -checkboard: - @echo - @echo ---------- Selected Board ---------- - @echo Selected board model is $(BOARD). - @echo ------------------------------------ - -# Display compiler version information. -gccversion : - @$(CC) --version - - - -# Program the device. -program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) - -flip: $(TARGET).hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu: $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - -flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - - -# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following: -# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set -# a breakpoint at main(). -gdb-config: - @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) - @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -endif - @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - -debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) - @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \ - $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) - @$(WINSHELL) /c pause - -else - @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \ - $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) -endif - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) - - - - -# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB. -COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 - - - -coff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - -extcoff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - - -# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file. -%.hex: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ - $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ - -%.eep: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ - -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \ - --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 - -# Create extended listing file from ELF output file. -%.lss: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ - $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ - -# Create a symbol table from ELF output file. -%.sym: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ - $(NM) -n $< > $@ - - - -# Create library from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.a: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ - $(AR) $@ $(OBJ) - - -# Link: create ELF output file from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.elf: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ - $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) - - -# Compile: create object files from C source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create object files from C++ source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C source files. -%.s : %.c - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files. -%.s : %.cpp - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S - @echo - @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report. -%.i : %.c - $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Target: clean project. -clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end - -clean_binary: - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex - -clean_list: - @echo $(MSG_CLEANING) - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) - $(REMOVEDIR) .dep - - -doxygen: - @echo Generating Project Documentation... - @doxygen Doxygen.conf - @echo Documentation Generation Complete. - -clean_doxygen: - rm -rf Documentation - -# Create object files directory -$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) - - -# Include the dependency files. --include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) - - -# Listing of phony targets. -.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \ -begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \ -build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \ -clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \ -doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index 29fa60ba3..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,174 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations - * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures - * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - -/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This - * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate - * with compatible devices. - * - * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint. - * - * \return An error code from the GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum. - */ -uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void) -{ - uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData; - uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize; - - uint8_t FoundEndpoints = 0; - - /* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */ - if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - return ControlError; - - /* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */ - if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE) - return DescriptorTooLarge; - - /* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */ - ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize); - - /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */ - USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData); - - /* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration) - return InvalidConfigDataReturned; - - /* Get the HID interface from the configuration descriptor */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoHIDInterfaceFound; - } - - while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE) | (1 << HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE))) - { - /* Get the next HID interface's data endpoint descriptor */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint - if we've reached the end of the HID descriptor - * but only found the mandatory IN endpoint, it's safe to continue with the device enumeration */ - if (FoundEndpoints == (1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE)) - break; - - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoEndpointFound; - } - - /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */ - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t); - - /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */ - if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN) - { - /* Configure the HID data IN pipe */ - Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN, - EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE); - - Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(); - - FoundEndpoints |= (1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE); - } - else - { - /* Configure the HID data OUT pipe */ - Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT, - EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE); - - FoundEndpoints |= (1 << HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE); - } - } - - /* Valid data found, return success */ - return SuccessfulConfigRead; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct HID Class value. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - /* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - /* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */ - if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == HID_CLASS) - { - /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */ - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - } - - /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */ - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, - * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - /* Determine the type of the current descriptor */ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint) - { - /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */ - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - /* Indicate that the search has failed prematurely and should be aborted */ - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail; - } - - /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */ - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index b58d44027..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c. - */ - -#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ -#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include // USB Functionality - - #include "GenericHIDHost.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */ - #define HID_CLASS 0x03 - - /** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */ - #define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512 - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */ - enum GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t - { - SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */ - ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */ - DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */ - InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */ - NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */ - NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void); - - uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor); - uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index 0626a8a8a..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project -# -# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all -# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the -# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See -# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded -# by quotes) that should identify the project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Generic HID Host Demo" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. -# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or -# if some version control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0 - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) -# base path where the generated documentation will be put. -# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location -# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create -# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output -# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. -# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of -# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would -# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# The default language is English, other supported languages are: -# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, -# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, -# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, -# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, -# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in -# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). -# Set to NO to disable this. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend -# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. -# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator -# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string -# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be -# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is -# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. -# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically -# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" -# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" -# "represents" "a" "an" "the" - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full -# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set -# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag -# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is -# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of -# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the -# path to strip. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of -# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells -# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. -# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class -# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that -# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter -# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems -# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen -# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc -# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments -# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will -# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments -# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring -# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen -# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// -# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. -# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed -# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented -# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it -# re-implements. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce -# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will -# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. -# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts -# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". -# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to -# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which -# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". -# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. -# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list -# of all members will be omitted, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified -# scopes will look different, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Fortran. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for -# VHDL. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should -# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. -# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. -# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public -# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter -# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) -# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the -# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or -# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the -# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of -# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a -# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to -# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using -# the \nosubgrouping command. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum -# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically -# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to -# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. -# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. -# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is -# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause -# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time -# causing a significant performance penality. -# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the -# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on -# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the -# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: -# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, -# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols - -SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. -# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless -# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) -# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. -# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local -# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in -# the interface are included in the documentation. -# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base -# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default -# anonymous namespace are hidden. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. -# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the -# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. -# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. -# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various -# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. -# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the -# documentation. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. -# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the -# function's detailed documentation block. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation -# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set -# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. -# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate -# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen -# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the -# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation -# of that file. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] -# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen -# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members -# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically -# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) -# the group names will appear in their defined order. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be -# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to -# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, -# not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the -# alphabetical list. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting -# \deprecated commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional -# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines -# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in -# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified -# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. -# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the -# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer -# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated -# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the -# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories -# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy -# in the documentation. The default is NO. - -SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. -# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the -# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index -# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command , where is the value of -# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and is the name of an input file -# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output -# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by -# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files -# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents -# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a -# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name -# of the layout file. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated -# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank -# NO is used. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings -# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will -# automatically be disabled. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some -# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that -# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for -# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters -# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about -# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of -# documentation. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that -# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text -# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the -# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain -# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could -# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning -# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written -# to stderr. - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or -# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories -# with spaces. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is -# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built -# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for -# the list of possible encodings. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank the following patterns are tested: -# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx -# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories -# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. -# If left blank NO is used. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. - -EXCLUDE = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded -# from the input. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched -# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories -# for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see -# the \include command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank all files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude -# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see -# the \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command , where -# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the name of an -# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes -# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be -# ignored. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: -# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further -# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER -# is applied to all files. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source -# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will -# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also -# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body -# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct -# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code -# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented -# functions referencing it will be listed. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented entities -# called/used by that function will be listed. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) -# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from -# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will -# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code -# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen -# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source -# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You -# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for -# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index -# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project -# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then -# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns -# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all -# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. -# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that -# should be ignored while generating the index headers. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate HTML output. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for -# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank -# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard footer. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading -# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to -# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen -# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy -# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own -# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, -# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to -# NO a bullet list will be used. - -HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 -# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). -# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the -# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that -# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find -# it at startup. -# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the -# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple -# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) -# can be grouped. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that -# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a -# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen -# will append .docset to the name. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the -# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) -# of the generated HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You -# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. - -CHM_FILE = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of -# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run -# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag -# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that -# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING -# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file -# content. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag -# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a -# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members -# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER -# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for -# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated -# HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. -# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Namespace. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. -# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated -# .qhp file . - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at -# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and -# the value YES disables it. - -DISABLE_INDEX = NO - -# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) -# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. -# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated -# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that -# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are -# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values -# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, -# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; -# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which -# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous -# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE -# respectively. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be -# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree -# is shown. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included -# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that -# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need -# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory -# to force them to be regenerated. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate Latex output. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to -# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the -# default command name. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used -# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and -# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX -# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for -# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until -# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated -# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of -# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep -# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. -# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not -# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) -# in the output. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output -# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with -# other RTF readers or editors. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated -# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other -# programs which support those fields. -# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's -# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide -# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. -# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate man pages - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to -# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, -# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity -# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files -# only source the real man page, but without them the man command -# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an XML file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_SCHEMA = - -# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_DTD = - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting -# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that -# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file -# that captures the structure of the code including all -# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental -# and incomplete at the moment. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this -# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the -# moment. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate -# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able -# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be -# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful -# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this -# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller -# and Perl will parse it just the same. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file -# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. -# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same -# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include -# files. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro -# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional -# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled -# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES -# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the -# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files -# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by -# the preprocessor. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will -# be used. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that -# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name -# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are -# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being -# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator -# instead of the = operator. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then -# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. -# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. -# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then -# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone -# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such -# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse -# the parser if not removed. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. -# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation -# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without -# this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or -# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool -# does not have to be run to correct the links. -# Note that each tag file must have a unique name -# (where the name does NOT include the path) -# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen -# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create -# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed -# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes -# will be listed. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed -# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will -# be listed. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base -# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that -# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a -# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide -# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented -# or is not a class. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization -# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section -# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output -# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This -# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need -# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name -# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, -# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the -# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory -# containing the font. - -DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. -# The default size is 10pt. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the -# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a -# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot -# can find it using this tag. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the -# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and -# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the -# relations between templates and their instances. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT -# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented -# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with -# other documented files. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and -# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each -# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or -# indirectly include this file. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs -# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller -# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES -# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories -# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include -# relations between the files in the directories. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif -# If left blank png will be used. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. - -DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin" - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the -# \dotfile command). - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of -# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph -# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is -# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the -# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note -# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the -# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable -# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes -# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this -# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large -# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not -# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, -# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of -# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) -# support this, this feature is disabled by default. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and -# arrows in the dot generated graphs. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate -# the various graphs. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to the search engine -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be -# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c deleted file mode 100644 index e731f90cf..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,343 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the GenericHIDHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of - * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "GenericHIDHost.h" - -/* Scheduler Task List */ -TASK_LIST -{ - { .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP }, - { .Task = USB_HID_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP }, -}; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then - * starts the scheduler to run the application tasks. - */ -int main(void) -{ - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - SerialStream_Init(9600, false); - LEDs_Init(); - - /* Indicate USB not ready */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); - - /* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */ - Scheduler_Init(); - - /* Initialize USB Subsystem */ - USB_Init(); - - /* Start-up message */ - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY - "Generic HID Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF)); - - /* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */ - Scheduler_Start(); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and - * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void) -{ - puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n")); - UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating); - - /* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and - * stops the library USB task management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void) -{ - /* Stop HID and USB management task */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP); - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_HID_Host, TASK_STOP); - - puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n")); - UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully - * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void) -{ - /* Start HID Host task */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_HID_Host, TASK_RUN); - - /* Indicate device enumeration complete */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */ -void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode) -{ - USB_ShutDown(); - - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError); - for(;;); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while - * enumerating an attached USB device. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode) -{ - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState); - - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); -} - -/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to - * log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates. - * - * \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the GenericHIDHost_StatusCodes_t enum - */ -void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus) -{ - uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS; - - /* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */ - switch (CurrentStatus) - { - case Status_USBNotReady: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1); - break; - case Status_USBEnumerating: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2); - break; - case Status_USBReady: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2); - break; - case Status_EnumerationError: - case Status_HardwareError: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3); - break; - } - - /* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); -} - -/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report - * contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port. - */ -void ReadNextReport(void) -{ - /* Select and unfreeze HID data IN pipe */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Check to see if a packet has been received */ - if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived())) - { - /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - - return; - } - - /* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */ - if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()) - { - uint8_t ReportINData[Pipe_BytesInPipe()]; - - /* Read in HID report data */ - Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&ReportINData, sizeof(ReportINData)); - - /* Print report data through the serial port */ - for (uint16_t CurrByte = 0; CurrByte < sizeof(ReportINData); CurrByte++) - printf_P(PSTR("0x%02X "), ReportINData[CurrByte]); - - puts_P(PSTR("\r\n")); - } - - /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */ - Pipe_ClearIN(); - - /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */ - Pipe_Freeze(); -} - -/** Writes a report to the attached device. - * - * \param ReportOUTData Buffer containing the report to send to the device - * \param ReportIndex Index of the report in the device (zero if the device does not use multiple reports) - * \param ReportType Type of report to send, either HID_REPORTTYPE_OUTPUT or HID_REPORTTYPE_FEATURE - * \param ReportLength Length of the report to send - */ -void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* ReportOUTData, uint8_t ReportIndex, uint8_t ReportType, uint16_t ReportLength) -{ - /* Select and unfreeze HID data OUT pipe */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE); - - /* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint (some require OUT reports to be sent over the - * control endpoint instead) - check to see if the OUT endpoint has been initialized */ - if (Pipe_IsConfigured()) - { - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Ensure pipe is ready to be written to before continuing */ - if (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady())) - { - /* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - - return; - } - - /* If the report index is used, send it before the report data */ - if (ReportIndex) - Pipe_Write_Byte(ReportIndex); - - /* Write out HID report data */ - Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(ReportOUTData, ReportLength); - - /* Clear the OUT endpoint, send last data packet */ - Pipe_ClearOUT(); - - /* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - } - else - { - /* Class specific request to send a HID report to the device */ - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE), - .bRequest = REQ_SetReport, - .wValue = ((ReportType << 8) | ReportIndex), - .wIndex = 0, - .wLength = ReportLength, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - /* Send the request to the device */ - USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ReportOUTData); - } -} - -/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process - * HID reports from the device and to send reports if desired. - */ -TASK(USB_HID_Host) -{ - uint8_t ErrorCode; - - /* Switch to determine what user-application handled host state the host state machine is in */ - switch (USB_HostState) - { - case HOST_STATE_Addressed: - /* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */ - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE), - .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration, - .wValue = 1, - .wIndex = 0, - .wLength = 0, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */ - if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error status */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured; - break; - case HOST_STATE_Configured: - puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n")); - - /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */ - if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead) - { - if (ErrorCode == ControlError) - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n")); - else - puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n")); - - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error status */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - puts_P(PSTR("HID Device Enumerated.\r\n")); - - USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready; - break; - case HOST_STATE_Ready: - ReadNextReport(); - - break; - } -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7e2f8b822..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for MouseHost.c. - */ - -#ifndef _GENERICHID_HOST_H_ -#define _GENERICHID_HOST_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include - #include - #include - #include - #include - #include - - #include // Library Version Information - #include // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes - #include // USB Functionality - #include // Serial stream driver - #include // LEDs driver - #include // Simple scheduler for task management - - #include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Pipe number for the HID data IN pipe */ - #define HID_DATA_IN_PIPE 1 - - /** Pipe number for the HID data OUT pipe */ - #define HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE 2 - - /** HID Class specific request to send a HID report to the device. */ - #define REQ_SetReport 0x09 - - /** HID Report type specifier, for output reports to a device */ - #define HID_REPORTTYPE_OUTPUT 0x02 - - /** HID Report type specifier, for feature reports to a device */ - #define HID_REPORTTYPE_FEATURE 0x03 - - /* Task Definitions: */ - TASK(USB_HID_Host); - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */ - enum GenricHIDHost_StatusCodes_t - { - Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */ - Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */ - Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */ - Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */ - Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void); - - void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus); - void ReadNextReport(void); - void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* ReportOUTData, uint8_t ReportIndex, uint8_t ReportType, uint16_t ReportLength); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d72dda103..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage Generic HID Host Demo - * - * \section SSec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *
USB Mode:Host
USB Class:Human Interface Device (HID)
USB Subclass:N/A
Relevant Standards:USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables
Usable Speeds:Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode
- * - * \section SSec_Description Project Description: - * - * Generic HID host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference - * application for implementing a Generic HID USB host, for any device implementing - * the HID profile. - * - * Received reports from the attached device are printed to the serial port. - * - * \section SSec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * - * - * - * - *
- * None - *
- */ diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index b912b2ff8..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,734 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*- -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al. -# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. << -# -# Released to the Public Domain -# -# Additional material for this makefile was written by: -# Peter Fleury -# Tim Henigan -# Colin O'Flynn -# Reiner Patommel -# Markus Pfaff -# Sander Pool -# Frederik Rouleau -# Carlos Lamas -# Dean Camera -# Opendous Inc. -# Denver Gingerich -# -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# On command line: -# -# make all = Make software. -# -# make clean = Clean out built project files. -# -# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF. -# -# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF. -# -# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude. -# Please customize the avrdude settings below first! -# -# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must -# have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must -# have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer -# (must have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP -# (must have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have -# DoxyGen installed) -# -# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, -# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging. -# -# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only. -# -# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting -# bug reports to the GCC project. -# -# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all". -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -# MCU name -MCU = at90usb1287 - - -# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring -# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called -# "Board" inside the application directory. -BOARD = USBKEY - - -# Processor frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the -# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to -# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done -# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code. -# Typical values are: -# F_CPU = 1000000 -# F_CPU = 1843200 -# F_CPU = 2000000 -# F_CPU = 3686400 -# F_CPU = 4000000 -# F_CPU = 7372800 -# F_CPU = 8000000 -# F_CPU = 11059200 -# F_CPU = 14745600 -# F_CPU = 16000000 -# F_CPU = 18432000 -# F_CPU = 20000000 -F_CPU = 8000000 - - -# Input clock frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the -# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may -# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the -# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed -# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' -# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your -# source code. -# -# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the -# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU. -F_CLOCK = 8000000 - - -# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary) -FORMAT = ihex - - -# Target file name (without extension). -TARGET = GenericHIDHost - - -# Object files directory -# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make -# this an empty or blank macro! -OBJDIR = . - - -# Path to the LUFA library -LUFA_PATH = ../../.. - - -# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -SRC = $(TARGET).c \ - ConfigDescriptor.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c \ - - -# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -CPPSRC = - - -# List Assembler source files here. -# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s -# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler -# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"! -# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same, -# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does -# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line. -ASRC = - - -# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. -# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size. -# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.) -OPT = s - - -# Debugging format. -# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs. -# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2. -# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run. -DEBUG = dwarf-2 - - -# List any extra directories to look for include files here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ - - -# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level. -# c89 = "ANSI" C -# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions -# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented) -# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions -CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C sources -CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" - -# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources -ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources -CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS - - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) -CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections -CFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20 -CFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) -CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions -CPPFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls -#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Assembler Options ---------------- -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns: create listing -# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that -# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames -# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source -# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there] -# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex -# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input. -ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 - - -#---------------- Library Options ---------------- -# Minimalistic printf version -PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min - -# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version. -PRINTF_LIB = -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN) -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -# Minimalistic scanf version -SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min - -# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version. -SCANF_LIB = -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN) -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -MATH_LIB = -lm - - -# List any extra directories to look for libraries here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRALIBDIRS = - - - -#---------------- External Memory Options ---------------- - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# only used for heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -EXTMEMOPTS = - - - -#---------------- Linker Options ---------------- -# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker. -# -Map: create map file -# --cref: add cross reference to map file -LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections -LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) -LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) -LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) -#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x - - - -#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ---------------- - -# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd -# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500 -# -# Type: avrdude -c ? -# to get a full listing. -# -AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII - -# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port. -AVRDUDE_PORT = usb - -AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex -#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep - - -# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter. -# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn, -# see avrdude manual. -#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y - -# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be -# performed after programming the device. -#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V - -# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug -# reports about avrdude. See -# to submit bug reports. -#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v - -AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) - - - -#---------------- Debugging Options ---------------- - -# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency. -DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) - -# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight. -# DEBUG_UI = gdb -DEBUG_UI = insight - -# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr. -DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice -#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr - -# GDB Init Filename. -GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit - -# When using avarice settings for the JTAG -JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 - -# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr. -DEBUG_PORT = 4242 - -# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally -# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when -# avarice is running on a different computer. -DEBUG_HOST = localhost - - - -#============================================================================ - - -# Define programs and commands. -SHELL = sh -CC = avr-gcc -OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy -OBJDUMP = avr-objdump -SIZE = avr-size -AR = avr-ar rcs -NM = avr-nm -AVRDUDE = avrdude -REMOVE = rm -f -REMOVEDIR = rm -rf -COPY = cp -WINSHELL = cmd - -# Define Messages -# English -MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none -MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- -MSG_END = -------- end -------- -MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: -MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: -MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: -MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: -MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: -MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: -MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: -MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: -MSG_LINKING = Linking: -MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: -MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: -MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: -MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: -MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: - - - - -# Define all object files. -OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - -# Define all listing files. -LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - - -# Compiler flags to generate dependency files. -GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d - - -# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags. -# Add target processor to flags. -ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) - - - - - -# Default target. -all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end - -# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library. -build: elf hex eep lss sym -#build: lib - - -elf: $(TARGET).elf -hex: $(TARGET).hex -eep: $(TARGET).eep -lss: $(TARGET).lss -sym: $(TARGET).sym -LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a -lib: $(LIBNAME) - - - -# Eye candy. -# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on -# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job. -begin: - @echo - @echo $(MSG_BEGIN) - -end: - @echo $(MSG_END) - @echo - - -# Display size of file. -HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex -ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf -MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) -FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) - -sizebefore: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -sizeafter: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -checkhooks: build - @echo - @echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events ------- - @$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \ - cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \ - echo "(None)" - @echo ------------------------------------ - -checklibmode: - @echo - @echo ----------- Library Mode ----------- - @$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \ - | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \ - || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)." - @echo ------------------------------------ - -checkboard: - @echo - @echo ---------- Selected Board ---------- - @echo Selected board model is $(BOARD). - @echo ------------------------------------ - -# Display compiler version information. -gccversion : - @$(CC) --version - - - -# Program the device. -program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) - -flip: $(TARGET).hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu: $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - -flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - - -# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following: -# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set -# a breakpoint at main(). -gdb-config: - @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) - @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -endif - @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - -debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) - @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \ - $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) - @$(WINSHELL) /c pause - -else - @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \ - $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) -endif - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) - - - - -# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB. -COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 - - - -coff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - -extcoff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - - -# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file. -%.hex: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ - $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ - -%.eep: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ - -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \ - --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 - -# Create extended listing file from ELF output file. -%.lss: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ - $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ - -# Create a symbol table from ELF output file. -%.sym: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ - $(NM) -n $< > $@ - - - -# Create library from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.a: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ - $(AR) $@ $(OBJ) - - -# Link: create ELF output file from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.elf: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ - $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) - - -# Compile: create object files from C source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create object files from C++ source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C source files. -%.s : %.c - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files. -%.s : %.cpp - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S - @echo - @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report. -%.i : %.c - $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Target: clean project. -clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end - -clean_binary: - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex - -clean_list: - @echo $(MSG_CLEANING) - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) - $(REMOVEDIR) .dep - - -doxygen: - @echo Generating Project Documentation... - @doxygen Doxygen.conf - @echo Documentation Generation Complete. - -clean_doxygen: - rm -rf Documentation - -# Create object files directory -$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) - - -# Include the dependency files. --include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) - - -# Listing of phony targets. -.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \ -begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \ -build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \ -clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \ -doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index e586ea5d3..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations - * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures - * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - -/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This - * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate - * with compatible devices. - * - * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint. - * - * \return An error code from the KeyboardHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum. - */ -uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void) -{ - uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData; - uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize; - - /* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */ - if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - return ControlError; - - /* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */ - if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE) - return DescriptorTooLarge; - - /* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */ - ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize); - - /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */ - USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData); - - /* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration) - return InvalidConfigDataReturned; - - /* Get the keyboard interface from the configuration descriptor */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextKeyboardInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoHIDInterfaceFound; - } - - /* Get the keyboard interface's data endpoint descriptor */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoEndpointFound; - } - - /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */ - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t); - - /* Configure the keyboard data pipe */ - Pipe_ConfigurePipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN, - EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE); - - Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(); - - /* Valid data found, return success */ - return SuccessfulConfigRead; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Keyboard HID Class and Protocol values. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - /* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */ - if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == KEYBOARD_CLASS) && - (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL)) - { - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - } - - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next IN Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, - * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint) - { - if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN) - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail; - } - - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index 425f0a4be..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c. - */ - -#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ -#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include // USB Functionality - - #include "KeyboardHost.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */ - #define KEYBOARD_CLASS 0x03 - - /** Interface Protocol value for a Boot Protocol Keyboard compliant device */ - #define KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL 0x01 - - /** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */ - #define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512 - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */ - enum KeyboardHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t - { - SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */ - ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */ - DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */ - InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */ - NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */ - NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void); - - uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor); - uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index 3bdbc95ee..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project -# -# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all -# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the -# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See -# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded -# by quotes) that should identify the project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. -# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or -# if some version control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0 - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) -# base path where the generated documentation will be put. -# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location -# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create -# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output -# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. -# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of -# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would -# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# The default language is English, other supported languages are: -# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, -# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, -# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, -# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, -# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in -# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). -# Set to NO to disable this. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend -# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. -# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator -# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string -# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be -# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is -# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. -# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically -# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" -# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" -# "represents" "a" "an" "the" - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full -# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set -# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag -# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is -# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of -# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the -# path to strip. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of -# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells -# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. -# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class -# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that -# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter -# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems -# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen -# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc -# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments -# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will -# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments -# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring -# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen -# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// -# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. -# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed -# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented -# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it -# re-implements. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce -# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will -# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. -# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts -# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". -# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to -# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which -# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". -# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. -# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list -# of all members will be omitted, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified -# scopes will look different, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Fortran. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for -# VHDL. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should -# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. -# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. -# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public -# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter -# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) -# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the -# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or -# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the -# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of -# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a -# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to -# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using -# the \nosubgrouping command. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum -# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically -# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to -# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. -# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. -# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is -# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause -# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time -# causing a significant performance penality. -# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the -# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on -# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the -# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: -# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, -# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols - -SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. -# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless -# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) -# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. -# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local -# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in -# the interface are included in the documentation. -# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base -# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default -# anonymous namespace are hidden. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. -# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the -# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. -# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. -# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various -# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. -# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the -# documentation. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. -# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the -# function's detailed documentation block. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation -# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set -# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. -# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate -# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen -# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the -# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation -# of that file. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] -# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen -# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members -# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically -# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) -# the group names will appear in their defined order. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be -# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to -# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, -# not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the -# alphabetical list. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting -# \deprecated commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional -# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines -# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in -# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified -# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. -# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the -# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer -# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated -# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the -# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories -# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy -# in the documentation. The default is NO. - -SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. -# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the -# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index -# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command , where is the value of -# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and is the name of an input file -# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output -# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by -# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files -# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents -# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a -# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name -# of the layout file. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated -# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank -# NO is used. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings -# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will -# automatically be disabled. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some -# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that -# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for -# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters -# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about -# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of -# documentation. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that -# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text -# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the -# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain -# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could -# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning -# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written -# to stderr. - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or -# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories -# with spaces. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is -# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built -# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for -# the list of possible encodings. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank the following patterns are tested: -# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx -# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories -# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. -# If left blank NO is used. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. - -EXCLUDE = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded -# from the input. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched -# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories -# for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see -# the \include command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank all files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude -# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see -# the \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command , where -# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the name of an -# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes -# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be -# ignored. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: -# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further -# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER -# is applied to all files. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source -# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will -# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also -# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body -# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct -# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code -# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented -# functions referencing it will be listed. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented entities -# called/used by that function will be listed. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) -# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from -# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will -# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code -# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen -# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source -# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You -# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for -# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index -# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project -# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then -# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns -# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all -# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. -# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that -# should be ignored while generating the index headers. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate HTML output. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for -# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank -# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard footer. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading -# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to -# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen -# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy -# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own -# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, -# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to -# NO a bullet list will be used. - -HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 -# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). -# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the -# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that -# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find -# it at startup. -# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the -# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple -# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) -# can be grouped. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that -# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a -# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen -# will append .docset to the name. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the -# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) -# of the generated HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You -# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. - -CHM_FILE = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of -# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run -# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag -# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that -# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING -# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file -# content. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag -# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a -# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members -# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER -# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for -# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated -# HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. -# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Namespace. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. -# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated -# .qhp file . - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at -# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and -# the value YES disables it. - -DISABLE_INDEX = NO - -# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) -# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. -# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated -# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that -# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are -# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values -# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, -# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; -# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which -# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous -# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE -# respectively. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be -# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree -# is shown. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included -# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that -# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need -# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory -# to force them to be regenerated. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate Latex output. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to -# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the -# default command name. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used -# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and -# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX -# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for -# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until -# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated -# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of -# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep -# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. -# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not -# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) -# in the output. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output -# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with -# other RTF readers or editors. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated -# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other -# programs which support those fields. -# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's -# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide -# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. -# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate man pages - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to -# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, -# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity -# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files -# only source the real man page, but without them the man command -# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an XML file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_SCHEMA = - -# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_DTD = - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting -# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that -# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file -# that captures the structure of the code including all -# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental -# and incomplete at the moment. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this -# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the -# moment. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate -# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able -# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be -# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful -# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this -# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller -# and Perl will parse it just the same. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file -# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. -# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same -# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include -# files. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro -# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional -# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled -# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES -# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the -# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files -# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by -# the preprocessor. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will -# be used. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that -# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name -# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are -# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being -# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator -# instead of the = operator. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then -# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. -# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. -# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then -# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone -# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such -# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse -# the parser if not removed. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. -# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation -# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without -# this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or -# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool -# does not have to be run to correct the links. -# Note that each tag file must have a unique name -# (where the name does NOT include the path) -# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen -# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create -# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed -# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes -# will be listed. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed -# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will -# be listed. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base -# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that -# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a -# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide -# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented -# or is not a class. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization -# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section -# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output -# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This -# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need -# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name -# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, -# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the -# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory -# containing the font. - -DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. -# The default size is 10pt. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the -# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a -# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot -# can find it using this tag. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the -# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and -# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the -# relations between templates and their instances. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT -# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented -# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with -# other documented files. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and -# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each -# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or -# indirectly include this file. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs -# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller -# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES -# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories -# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include -# relations between the files in the directories. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif -# If left blank png will be used. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. - -DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin" - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the -# \dotfile command). - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of -# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph -# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is -# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the -# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note -# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the -# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable -# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes -# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this -# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large -# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not -# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, -# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of -# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) -# support this, this feature is disabled by default. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and -# arrows in the dot generated graphs. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate -# the various graphs. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to the search engine -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be -# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2b9bb2b0b..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,335 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the KeyboardHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of - * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "KeyboardHost.h" - -/* Scheduler Task List */ -TASK_LIST -{ - { .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP }, - { .Task = USB_Keyboard_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP }, -}; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then - * starts the scheduler to run the application tasks. - */ -int main(void) -{ - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - SerialStream_Init(9600, false); - LEDs_Init(); - - /* Indicate USB not ready */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); - - /* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */ - Scheduler_Init(); - - /* Initialize USB Subsystem */ - USB_Init(); - - /* Start-up message */ - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY - "Keyboard Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF)); - - /* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */ - Scheduler_Start(); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and - * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void) -{ - puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n")); - UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating); - - /* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and - * stops the library USB task management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void) -{ - /* Stop Keyboard and USB management task */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP); - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Host, TASK_STOP); - - puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n")); - UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully - * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void) -{ - /* Start Keyboard Host task */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Host, TASK_RUN); - - /* Indicate device enumeration complete */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */ -void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode) -{ - USB_ShutDown(); - - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError); - for(;;); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while - * enumerating an attached USB device. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode) -{ - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState); - - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); -} - -/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to - * log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates. - * - * \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the KeyboardHost_StatusCodes_t enum - */ -void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus) -{ - uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS; - - /* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */ - switch (CurrentStatus) - { - case Status_USBNotReady: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1); - break; - case Status_USBEnumerating: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2); - break; - case Status_USBReady: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2); - break; - case Status_EnumerationError: - case Status_HardwareError: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3); - break; - } - - /* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); -} - -/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report - * contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port. - */ -void ReadNextReport(void) -{ - USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReport; - - /* Select keyboard data pipe */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE); - - /* Unfreeze keyboard data pipe */ - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Check to see if a packet has been received */ - if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived())) - { - /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - - return; - } - - /* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */ - if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()) - { - /* Read in keyboard report data */ - Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReport, sizeof(KeyboardReport)); - - /* Indicate if the modifier byte is non-zero (special key such as shift is being pressed) */ - LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_LED1, (KeyboardReport.Modifier) ? LEDS_LED1 : 0); - - /* Check if a key has been pressed */ - if (KeyboardReport.KeyCode) - { - /* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */ - if (LEDs_GetLEDs() & LEDS_LED2) - LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDS_LED2); - else - LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDS_LED2); - - char PressedKey = 0; - - /* Retrieve pressed key character if alphanumeric */ - if ((KeyboardReport.KeyCode >= 0x04) && (KeyboardReport.KeyCode <= 0x1D)) - PressedKey = (KeyboardReport.KeyCode - 0x04) + 'A'; - else if ((KeyboardReport.KeyCode >= 0x1E) && (KeyboardReport.KeyCode <= 0x27)) - PressedKey = (KeyboardReport.KeyCode - 0x1E) + '0'; - else if (KeyboardReport.KeyCode == 0x2C) - PressedKey = ' '; - else if (KeyboardReport.KeyCode == 0x28) - PressedKey = '\n'; - - /* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */ - if (PressedKey) - putchar(PressedKey); - } - } - - /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */ - Pipe_ClearIN(); - - /* Refreeze keyboard data pipe */ - Pipe_Freeze(); -} - -/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process - * HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs. - */ -TASK(USB_Keyboard_Host) -{ - uint8_t ErrorCode; - - switch (USB_HostState) - { - case HOST_STATE_Addressed: - /* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */ - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE), - .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration, - .wValue = 1, - .wIndex = 0, - .wLength = 0, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */ - if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error status */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured; - break; - case HOST_STATE_Configured: - puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n")); - - /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */ - if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead) - { - if (ErrorCode == ControlError) - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n")); - else - puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n")); - - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error status */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - /* HID class request to set the keyboard protocol to the Boot Protocol */ - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE), - .bRequest = REQ_SetProtocol, - .wValue = 0, - .wIndex = 0, - .wLength = 0, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */ - if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Protocol).\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error status */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n")); - - USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready; - break; - case HOST_STATE_Ready: - /* If a report has been received, read and process it */ - ReadNextReport(); - - break; - } -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h deleted file mode 100644 index d00b76afb..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for KeyboardHost.c. - */ - -#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_ -#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include - #include - #include - #include - #include - #include - - #include // Library Version Information - #include // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes - #include // USB Functionality - #include // Serial stream driver - #include // LEDs driver - #include // Simple scheduler for task management - - #include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Pipe number for the keyboard data IN pipe */ - #define KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE 1 - - /** HID Class Specific request to set the report protocol mode */ - #define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Keyboard report */ - typedef struct - { - uint8_t Modifier; /**< Keyboard modifier byte, indicating pressed modifier keys (such as Shift, Control, etc.) */ - uint8_t RESERVED; /**< Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0 */ - uint8_t KeyCode; /**< Key code of the currently pressed key */ - } USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t; - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */ - enum KeyboardHost_StatusCodes_t - { - Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */ - Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */ - Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */ - Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */ - Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */ - }; - - /* Task Definitions: */ - TASK(USB_Keyboard_Host); - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void); - - void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus); - void ReadNextReport(void); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a3d5f717d..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage Keyboard Host Demo - * - * \section SSec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *
USB Mode:Host
USB Class:Human Interface Device (HID)
USB Subclass:N/A
Relevant Standards:USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables
Usable Speeds:Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode
- * - * \section SSec_Description Project Description: - * - * Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference - * application for implementing a USB keyboard, for USB keyboards using - * the standard keyboard HID profile. - * - * Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial - * USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1. - * - * This uses a naive method where the keyboard is set to Boot Protocol mode, so - * that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation - * uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across - * all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the - * KeyboardHostWithParser demo application. - * - * Currently only single interface keyboards are supported. - * - * \section SSec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * - * - * - * - *
- * None - *
- */ diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index b8cb79c5c..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,735 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*- -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al. -# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. << -# -# Released to the Public Domain -# -# Additional material for this makefile was written by: -# Peter Fleury -# Tim Henigan -# Colin O'Flynn -# Reiner Patommel -# Markus Pfaff -# Sander Pool -# Frederik Rouleau -# Carlos Lamas -# Dean Camera -# Opendous Inc. -# Denver Gingerich -# -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# On command line: -# -# make all = Make software. -# -# make clean = Clean out built project files. -# -# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF. -# -# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF. -# -# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude. -# Please customize the avrdude settings below first! -# -# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must -# have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must -# have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer -# (must have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP -# (must have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have -# DoxyGen installed) -# -# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, -# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging. -# -# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only. -# -# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting -# bug reports to the GCC project. -# -# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all". -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -# MCU name -MCU = at90usb1287 - - -# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring -# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called -# "Board" inside the application directory. -BOARD = USBKEY - - -# Processor frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the -# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to -# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done -# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code. -# Typical values are: -# F_CPU = 1000000 -# F_CPU = 1843200 -# F_CPU = 2000000 -# F_CPU = 3686400 -# F_CPU = 4000000 -# F_CPU = 7372800 -# F_CPU = 8000000 -# F_CPU = 11059200 -# F_CPU = 14745600 -# F_CPU = 16000000 -# F_CPU = 18432000 -# F_CPU = 20000000 -F_CPU = 8000000 - - -# Input clock frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the -# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may -# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the -# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed -# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' -# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your -# source code. -# -# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the -# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU. -F_CLOCK = 8000000 - - -# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary) -FORMAT = ihex - - -# Target file name (without extension). -TARGET = KeyboardHost - - -# Object files directory -# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make -# this an empty or blank macro! -OBJDIR = . - - -# Path to the LUFA library -LUFA_PATH = ../../.. - - -# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -SRC = $(TARGET).c \ - ConfigDescriptor.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \ - - -# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -CPPSRC = - - -# List Assembler source files here. -# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s -# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler -# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"! -# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same, -# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does -# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line. -ASRC = - - -# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. -# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size. -# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.) -OPT = s - - -# Debugging format. -# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs. -# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2. -# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run. -DEBUG = dwarf-2 - - -# List any extra directories to look for include files here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ - - -# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level. -# c89 = "ANSI" C -# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions -# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented) -# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions -CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C sources -CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" - - -# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources -ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources -CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS - - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) -CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections -CFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20 -CFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) -CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions -CPPFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls -#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Assembler Options ---------------- -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns: create listing -# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that -# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames -# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source -# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there] -# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex -# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input. -ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 - - -#---------------- Library Options ---------------- -# Minimalistic printf version -PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min - -# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version. -PRINTF_LIB = -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN) -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -# Minimalistic scanf version -SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min - -# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version. -SCANF_LIB = -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN) -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -MATH_LIB = -lm - - -# List any extra directories to look for libraries here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRALIBDIRS = - - - -#---------------- External Memory Options ---------------- - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# only used for heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -EXTMEMOPTS = - - - -#---------------- Linker Options ---------------- -# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker. -# -Map: create map file -# --cref: add cross reference to map file -LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections -LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) -LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) -LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) -#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x - - - -#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ---------------- - -# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd -# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500 -# -# Type: avrdude -c ? -# to get a full listing. -# -AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII - -# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port. -AVRDUDE_PORT = usb - -AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex -#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep - - -# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter. -# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn, -# see avrdude manual. -#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y - -# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be -# performed after programming the device. -#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V - -# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug -# reports about avrdude. See -# to submit bug reports. -#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v - -AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) - - - -#---------------- Debugging Options ---------------- - -# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency. -DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) - -# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight. -# DEBUG_UI = gdb -DEBUG_UI = insight - -# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr. -DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice -#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr - -# GDB Init Filename. -GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit - -# When using avarice settings for the JTAG -JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 - -# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr. -DEBUG_PORT = 4242 - -# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally -# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when -# avarice is running on a different computer. -DEBUG_HOST = localhost - - - -#============================================================================ - - -# Define programs and commands. -SHELL = sh -CC = avr-gcc -OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy -OBJDUMP = avr-objdump -SIZE = avr-size -AR = avr-ar rcs -NM = avr-nm -AVRDUDE = avrdude -REMOVE = rm -f -REMOVEDIR = rm -rf -COPY = cp -WINSHELL = cmd - -# Define Messages -# English -MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none -MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- -MSG_END = -------- end -------- -MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: -MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: -MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: -MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: -MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: -MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: -MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: -MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: -MSG_LINKING = Linking: -MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: -MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: -MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: -MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: -MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: - - - - -# Define all object files. -OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - -# Define all listing files. -LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - - -# Compiler flags to generate dependency files. -GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d - - -# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags. -# Add target processor to flags. -ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) - - - - - -# Default target. -all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end - -# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library. -build: elf hex eep lss sym -#build: lib - - -elf: $(TARGET).elf -hex: $(TARGET).hex -eep: $(TARGET).eep -lss: $(TARGET).lss -sym: $(TARGET).sym -LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a -lib: $(LIBNAME) - - - -# Eye candy. -# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on -# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job. -begin: - @echo - @echo $(MSG_BEGIN) - -end: - @echo $(MSG_END) - @echo - - -# Display size of file. -HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex -ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf -MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) -FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) - -sizebefore: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -sizeafter: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -checkhooks: build - @echo - @echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events ------- - @$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \ - cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \ - echo "(None)" - @echo ------------------------------------ - -checklibmode: - @echo - @echo ----------- Library Mode ----------- - @$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \ - | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \ - || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)." - @echo ------------------------------------ - -checkboard: - @echo - @echo ---------- Selected Board ---------- - @echo Selected board model is $(BOARD). - @echo ------------------------------------ - -# Display compiler version information. -gccversion : - @$(CC) --version - - - -# Program the device. -program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) - -flip: $(TARGET).hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu: $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - -flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - - -# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following: -# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set -# a breakpoint at main(). -gdb-config: - @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) - @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -endif - @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - -debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) - @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \ - $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) - @$(WINSHELL) /c pause - -else - @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \ - $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) -endif - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) - - - - -# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB. -COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 - - - -coff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - -extcoff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - - -# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file. -%.hex: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ - $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ - -%.eep: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ - -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \ - --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 - -# Create extended listing file from ELF output file. -%.lss: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ - $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ - -# Create a symbol table from ELF output file. -%.sym: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ - $(NM) -n $< > $@ - - - -# Create library from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.a: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ - $(AR) $@ $(OBJ) - - -# Link: create ELF output file from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.elf: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ - $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) - - -# Compile: create object files from C source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create object files from C++ source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C source files. -%.s : %.c - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files. -%.s : %.cpp - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S - @echo - @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report. -%.i : %.c - $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Target: clean project. -clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end - -clean_binary: - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex - -clean_list: - @echo $(MSG_CLEANING) - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) - $(REMOVEDIR) .dep - - -doxygen: - @echo Generating Project Documentation... - @doxygen Doxygen.conf - @echo Documentation Generation Complete. - -clean_doxygen: - rm -rf Documentation - -# Create object files directory -$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) - - -# Include the dependency files. --include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) - - -# Listing of phony targets. -.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \ -begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \ -build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \ -clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \ -doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4ee3b998f..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations - * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures - * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - -/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This - * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate - * with compatible devices. - * - * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor. - * - * \return An error code from the KeyboardHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum. - */ -uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void) -{ - uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData; - uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize; - - /* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */ - if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - return ControlError; - - /* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */ - if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE) - return DescriptorTooLarge; - - /* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */ - ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize); - - /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */ - USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData); - - /* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration) - return InvalidConfigDataReturned; - - /* Get the keyboard interface from the configuration descriptor */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextKeyboardInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoHIDInterfaceFound; - } - - /* Get the keyboard interface's HID descriptor */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoHIDDescriptorFound; - } - - /* Save the HID report size for later use */ - HIDReportSize = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_HID_t).HIDReportLength; - - /* Get the keyboard interface's data endpoint descriptor */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoEndpointFound; - } - - /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */ - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t); - - /* Configure the keyboard data pipe */ - Pipe_ConfigurePipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN, - EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE); - - Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(); - - /* Valid data found, return success */ - return SuccessfulConfigRead; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Keyboard HID Class and Protocol values. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - /* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */ - if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == KEYBOARD_CLASS) && - (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL)) - { - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - } - - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next IN Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, - * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint) - { - if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN) - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail; - } - - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_HID) - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - else - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index 338adc93b..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c. - */ - -#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ -#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include // USB Functionality - - #include "HIDReport.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */ - #define KEYBOARD_CLASS 0x03 - - /** Interface Protocol value for a Boot Protocol Keyboard compliant device */ - #define KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL 0x01 - - /** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */ - #define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512 - - /** Descriptor header type constant for a HID descriptor */ - #define DTYPE_HID 0x21 - - /** Descriptor header type constant for a HID report descriptor */ - #define DTYPE_Report 0x22 - - /* Enums: */ - enum KeyboardHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t - { - SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */ - ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */ - DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */ - InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */ - NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */ - NoHIDDescriptorFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID descriptor was not found in the device's HID interface */ - NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void); - - uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor); - uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor); - uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index 6c6db18fa..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project -# -# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all -# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the -# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See -# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded -# by quotes) that should identify the project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host (Using HID Descriptor Parser)" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. -# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or -# if some version control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0 - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) -# base path where the generated documentation will be put. -# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location -# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create -# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output -# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. -# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of -# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would -# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# The default language is English, other supported languages are: -# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, -# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, -# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, -# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, -# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in -# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). -# Set to NO to disable this. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend -# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. -# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator -# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string -# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be -# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is -# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. -# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically -# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" -# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" -# "represents" "a" "an" "the" - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full -# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set -# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag -# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is -# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of -# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the -# path to strip. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of -# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells -# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. -# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class -# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that -# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter -# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems -# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen -# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc -# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments -# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will -# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments -# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring -# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen -# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// -# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. -# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed -# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented -# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it -# re-implements. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce -# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will -# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. -# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts -# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". -# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to -# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which -# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". -# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. -# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list -# of all members will be omitted, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified -# scopes will look different, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Fortran. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for -# VHDL. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should -# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. -# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. -# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public -# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter -# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) -# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the -# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or -# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the -# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of -# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a -# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to -# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using -# the \nosubgrouping command. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum -# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically -# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to -# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. -# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. -# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is -# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause -# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time -# causing a significant performance penality. -# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the -# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on -# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the -# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: -# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, -# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols - -SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. -# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless -# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) -# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. -# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local -# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in -# the interface are included in the documentation. -# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base -# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default -# anonymous namespace are hidden. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. -# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the -# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. -# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. -# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various -# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. -# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the -# documentation. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. -# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the -# function's detailed documentation block. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation -# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set -# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. -# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate -# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen -# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the -# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation -# of that file. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] -# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen -# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members -# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically -# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) -# the group names will appear in their defined order. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be -# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to -# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, -# not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the -# alphabetical list. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting -# \deprecated commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional -# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines -# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in -# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified -# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. -# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the -# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer -# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated -# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the -# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories -# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy -# in the documentation. The default is NO. - -SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. -# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the -# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index -# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command , where is the value of -# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and is the name of an input file -# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output -# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by -# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files -# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents -# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a -# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name -# of the layout file. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated -# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank -# NO is used. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings -# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will -# automatically be disabled. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some -# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that -# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for -# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters -# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about -# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of -# documentation. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that -# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text -# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the -# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain -# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could -# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning -# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written -# to stderr. - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or -# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories -# with spaces. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is -# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built -# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for -# the list of possible encodings. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank the following patterns are tested: -# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx -# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories -# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. -# If left blank NO is used. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. - -EXCLUDE = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded -# from the input. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched -# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories -# for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see -# the \include command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank all files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude -# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see -# the \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command , where -# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the name of an -# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes -# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be -# ignored. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: -# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further -# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER -# is applied to all files. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source -# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will -# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also -# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body -# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct -# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code -# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented -# functions referencing it will be listed. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented entities -# called/used by that function will be listed. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) -# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from -# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will -# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code -# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen -# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source -# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You -# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for -# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index -# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project -# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then -# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns -# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all -# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. -# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that -# should be ignored while generating the index headers. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate HTML output. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for -# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank -# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard footer. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading -# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to -# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen -# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy -# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own -# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, -# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to -# NO a bullet list will be used. - -HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 -# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). -# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the -# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that -# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find -# it at startup. -# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the -# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple -# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) -# can be grouped. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that -# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a -# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen -# will append .docset to the name. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the -# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) -# of the generated HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You -# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. - -CHM_FILE = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of -# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run -# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag -# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that -# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING -# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file -# content. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag -# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a -# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members -# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER -# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for -# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated -# HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. -# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Namespace. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. -# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated -# .qhp file . - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at -# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and -# the value YES disables it. - -DISABLE_INDEX = NO - -# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) -# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. -# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated -# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that -# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are -# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values -# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, -# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; -# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which -# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous -# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE -# respectively. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be -# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree -# is shown. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included -# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that -# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need -# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory -# to force them to be regenerated. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate Latex output. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to -# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the -# default command name. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used -# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and -# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX -# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for -# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until -# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated -# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of -# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep -# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. -# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not -# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) -# in the output. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output -# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with -# other RTF readers or editors. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated -# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other -# programs which support those fields. -# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's -# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide -# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. -# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate man pages - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to -# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, -# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity -# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files -# only source the real man page, but without them the man command -# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an XML file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_SCHEMA = - -# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_DTD = - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting -# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that -# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file -# that captures the structure of the code including all -# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental -# and incomplete at the moment. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this -# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the -# moment. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate -# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able -# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be -# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful -# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this -# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller -# and Perl will parse it just the same. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file -# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. -# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same -# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include -# files. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro -# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional -# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled -# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES -# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the -# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files -# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by -# the preprocessor. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will -# be used. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that -# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name -# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are -# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being -# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator -# instead of the = operator. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then -# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. -# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. -# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then -# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone -# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such -# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse -# the parser if not removed. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. -# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation -# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without -# this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or -# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool -# does not have to be run to correct the links. -# Note that each tag file must have a unique name -# (where the name does NOT include the path) -# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen -# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create -# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed -# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes -# will be listed. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed -# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will -# be listed. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base -# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that -# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a -# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide -# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented -# or is not a class. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization -# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section -# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output -# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This -# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need -# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name -# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, -# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the -# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory -# containing the font. - -DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. -# The default size is 10pt. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the -# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a -# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot -# can find it using this tag. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the -# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and -# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the -# relations between templates and their instances. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT -# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented -# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with -# other documented files. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and -# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each -# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or -# indirectly include this file. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs -# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller -# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES -# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories -# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include -# relations between the files in the directories. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif -# If left blank png will be used. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. - -DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin" - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the -# \dotfile command). - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of -# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph -# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is -# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the -# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note -# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the -# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable -# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes -# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this -# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large -# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not -# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, -# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of -# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) -# support this, this feature is disabled by default. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and -# arrows in the dot generated graphs. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate -# the various graphs. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to the search engine -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be -# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6ac1f5a65..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -#include "HIDReport.h" - -/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */ -uint16_t HIDReportSize; - -/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */ -HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo; - - -/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read - * structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library. - * - * \return A value from the KeyboardHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void) -{ - /* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */ - uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize]; - - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE), - .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor, - .wValue = (DTYPE_Report << 8), - .wIndex = 0, - .wLength = HIDReportSize, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - /* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */ - if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - return ParseControlError; - - /* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */ - if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful) - return ParseError; - - return ParseSuccessful; -} - diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h deleted file mode 100644 index 20968872e..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for HIDReport.c. - */ - -#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_ -#define _HID_REPORT_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include // USB Functionality - - #include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a desktop keyboard */ - #define USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD 0x07 - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible return codes of the GetHIDReportData() function. */ - enum KeyboardHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t - { - ParseSuccessful = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */ - ParseError = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */ - ParseControlError = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */ - }; - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for a HID descriptor. */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */ - - uint16_t HIDSpec; /**< Implemented HID class specification, in BCD encoded format */ - uint8_t CountryCode; /**< Country code value for localized hardware */ - - uint8_t TotalHIDDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors in the current interface */ - - uint8_t HIDReportType; /**< HID report type of the first HID report descriptor */ - uint16_t HIDReportLength; /**< Total size in bytes of the first HID report descriptor */ - } USB_Descriptor_HID_t; - - /* External Variables: */ - extern uint16_t HIDReportSize; - extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c deleted file mode 100644 index 840cb90cf..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,352 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the KeyboardHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of - * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h" - -/* Scheduler Task List */ -TASK_LIST -{ - { .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP }, - { .Task = USB_Keyboard_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP }, -}; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then - * starts the scheduler to run the application tasks. - */ -int main(void) -{ - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - SerialStream_Init(9600, false); - LEDs_Init(); - - /* Indicate USB not ready */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); - - /* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */ - Scheduler_Init(); - - /* Initialize USB Subsystem */ - USB_Init(); - - /* Start-up message */ - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY - "Keyboard Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF)); - - /* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */ - Scheduler_Start(); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and - * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void) -{ - puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n")); - UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating); - - /* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and - * stops the library USB task management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void) -{ - /* Stop keyboard and USB management task */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP); - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Host, TASK_STOP); - - puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n")); - UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully - * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void) -{ - /* Start Keyboard Host task */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Host, TASK_RUN); - - /* Indicate device enumeration complete */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */ -void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode) -{ - USB_ShutDown(); - - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError); - for(;;); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while - * enumerating an attached USB device. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode) -{ - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState); - - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); -} - -/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to - * log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates. - * - * \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the KeyboardHostWithParser_StatusCodes_t enum - */ -void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus) -{ - uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS; - - /* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */ - switch (CurrentStatus) - { - case Status_USBNotReady: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1); - break; - case Status_USBEnumerating: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2); - break; - case Status_USBReady: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2); - break; - case Status_EnumerationError: - case Status_HardwareError: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3); - break; - case Status_Busy: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED4); - break; - } - - /* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); -} - -/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process - * the HID report descriptor and HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs. - */ -TASK(USB_Keyboard_Host) -{ - uint8_t ErrorCode; - - switch (USB_HostState) - { - case HOST_STATE_Addressed: - /* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */ - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE), - .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration, - .wValue = 1, - .wIndex = 0, - .wLength = 0, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */ - if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error via status LEDs */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured; - break; - case HOST_STATE_Configured: - puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n")); - - /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */ - if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead) - { - if (ErrorCode == ControlError) - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n")); - else - puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n")); - - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error via status LEDs */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - puts_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report.\r\n")); - - /* LEDs one and two on to indicate busy processing */ - UpdateStatus(Status_Busy); - - /* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */ - if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful) - { - puts_P(PSTR("Report Parse Error.\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error via status LEDs */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - /* All LEDs off - ready to indicate key presses */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady); - - puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n")); - - USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready; - break; - case HOST_STATE_Ready: - /* Select and unfreeze keyboard data pipe */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Check to see if a packet has been received */ - if (Pipe_IsINReceived()) - { - /* Check if data has been received from the attached keyboard */ - if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()) - { - /* Create buffer big enough for the report */ - uint8_t KeyboardReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()]; - - /* Load in the keyboard report */ - Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(KeyboardReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe()); - - /* Process the read in keyboard report from the device */ - ProcessKeyboardReport(KeyboardReport); - } - - /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */ - Pipe_ClearIN(); - } - - /* Freeze keyboard data pipe */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - break; - } -} - -/** Processes a read HID report from an attached keyboard, extracting out elements via the HID parser results - * as required and prints pressed characters to the serial port. Each time a key is typed, a board LED is toggled. - * - * \param KeyboardReport Pointer to a HID report from an attached keyboard device - */ -void ProcessKeyboardReport(uint8_t* KeyboardReport) -{ - /* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for keyboard scan code reports */ - for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++) - { - /* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */ - HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber]; - - /* Check if the current report item is a keyboard scancode */ - if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD) && - (ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize == 8) && - (ReportItem->Attributes.Logical.Maximum > 1) && - (ReportItem->ItemType == REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In)) - { - /* Retrieve the keyboard scancode from the report data retrieved from the device */ - bool FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(KeyboardReport, ReportItem); - - /* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */ - if (!(FoundData)) - continue; - - /* Key code is an unsigned char in length, cast to the appropriate type */ - uint8_t KeyCode = (uint8_t)ReportItem->Value; - - /* If scancode is non-zero, a key is being pressed */ - if (KeyCode) - { - /* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */ - if (LEDs_GetLEDs() & LEDS_LED2) - LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDS_LED2); - else - LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDS_LED2); - - char PressedKey = 0; - - /* Convert scancode to printable character if alphanumeric */ - if ((KeyCode >= 0x04) && (KeyCode <= 0x1D)) - PressedKey = (KeyCode - 0x04) + 'A'; - else if ((KeyCode >= 0x1E) && (KeyCode <= 0x27)) - PressedKey = (KeyCode - 0x1E) + '0'; - else if (KeyCode == 0x2C) - PressedKey = ' '; - else if (KeyCode == 0x28) - PressedKey = '\n'; - - /* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */ - if (PressedKey) - putchar(PressedKey); - } - - /* Once a scancode is found, stop scanning through the report items */ - break; - } - } -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h deleted file mode 100644 index acb5b8b3e..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_ -#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include - #include - #include - #include - #include - - #include // Library Version Information - #include // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes - #include // USB Functionality - #include // Serial stream driver - #include // LEDs driver - #include // Simple scheduler for task management - - #include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - #include "HIDReport.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Pipe number for the keyboard report data pipe */ - #define KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE 1 - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */ - enum KeyboardHostWithParser_StatusCodes_t - { - Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */ - Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */ - Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */ - Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */ - Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */ - Status_Busy = 5, /**< Busy dumping HID report items to the serial port */ - }; - - /* Task Definitions: */ - TASK(USB_Keyboard_Host); - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void); - - void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus); - void ProcessKeyboardReport(uint8_t* KeyboardReport); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt deleted file mode 100644 index cd3670673..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage Keyboard Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo - * - * \section SSec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *
USB Mode:Host
USB Class:Human Interface Device (HID)
USB Subclass:N/A
Relevant Standards:USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables
Usable Speeds:Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode
- * - * \section SSec_Description Project Description: - * - * Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference - * application for implementing a USB Keyboard host, for USB keyboards using - * the standard Keyboard HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID reports, - * allowing for correct operation across all USB keyboards. This demo supports - * keyboards with a single HID report. - * - * Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial - * USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1. On connection to a USB keyboard, the - * report items will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the - * USART before the keyboard is fully enumerated. - * - * Currently only single interface keyboards are supported. - * - * \section SSec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * - * - * - * - *
- * None - *
- */ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 0d09178dd..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,736 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*- -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al. -# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. << -# -# Released to the Public Domain -# -# Additional material for this makefile was written by: -# Peter Fleury -# Tim Henigan -# Colin O'Flynn -# Reiner Patommel -# Markus Pfaff -# Sander Pool -# Frederik Rouleau -# Carlos Lamas -# Dean Camera -# Opendous Inc. -# Denver Gingerich -# -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# On command line: -# -# make all = Make software. -# -# make clean = Clean out built project files. -# -# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF. -# -# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF. -# -# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude. -# Please customize the avrdude settings below first! -# -# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must -# have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must -# have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer -# (must have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP -# (must have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have -# DoxyGen installed) -# -# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, -# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging. -# -# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only. -# -# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting -# bug reports to the GCC project. -# -# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all". -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -# MCU name -MCU = at90usb1287 - - -# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring -# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called -# "Board" inside the application directory. -BOARD = USBKEY - - -# Processor frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the -# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to -# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done -# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code. -# Typical values are: -# F_CPU = 1000000 -# F_CPU = 1843200 -# F_CPU = 2000000 -# F_CPU = 3686400 -# F_CPU = 4000000 -# F_CPU = 7372800 -# F_CPU = 8000000 -# F_CPU = 11059200 -# F_CPU = 14745600 -# F_CPU = 16000000 -# F_CPU = 18432000 -# F_CPU = 20000000 -F_CPU = 8000000 - - -# Input clock frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the -# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may -# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the -# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed -# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' -# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your -# source code. -# -# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the -# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU. -F_CLOCK = 8000000 - - -# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary) -FORMAT = ihex - - -# Target file name (without extension). -TARGET = KeyboardHostWithParser - - -# Object files directory -# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make -# this an empty or blank macro! -OBJDIR = . - - -# Path to the LUFA library -LUFA_PATH = ../../.. - - -# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -SRC = $(TARGET).c \ - ConfigDescriptor.c \ - HIDReport.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \ - - -# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -CPPSRC = - - -# List Assembler source files here. -# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s -# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler -# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"! -# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same, -# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does -# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line. -ASRC = - - -# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. -# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size. -# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.) -OPT = s - - -# Debugging format. -# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs. -# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2. -# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run. -DEBUG = dwarf-2 - - -# List any extra directories to look for include files here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ - - -# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level. -# c89 = "ANSI" C -# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions -# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented) -# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions -CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C sources -CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" - - -# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources -ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources -CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS - - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) -CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections -CFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20 -CFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) -CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions -CPPFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls -#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Assembler Options ---------------- -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns: create listing -# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that -# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames -# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source -# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there] -# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex -# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input. -ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 - - -#---------------- Library Options ---------------- -# Minimalistic printf version -PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min - -# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version. -PRINTF_LIB = -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN) -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -# Minimalistic scanf version -SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min - -# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version. -SCANF_LIB = -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN) -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -MATH_LIB = -lm - - -# List any extra directories to look for libraries here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRALIBDIRS = - - - -#---------------- External Memory Options ---------------- - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# only used for heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -EXTMEMOPTS = - - - -#---------------- Linker Options ---------------- -# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker. -# -Map: create map file -# --cref: add cross reference to map file -LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections -LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) -LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) -LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) -#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x - - - -#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ---------------- - -# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd -# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500 -# -# Type: avrdude -c ? -# to get a full listing. -# -AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII - -# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port. -AVRDUDE_PORT = usb - -AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex -#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep - - -# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter. -# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn, -# see avrdude manual. -#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y - -# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be -# performed after programming the device. -#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V - -# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug -# reports about avrdude. See -# to submit bug reports. -#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v - -AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) - - - -#---------------- Debugging Options ---------------- - -# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency. -DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) - -# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight. -# DEBUG_UI = gdb -DEBUG_UI = insight - -# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr. -DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice -#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr - -# GDB Init Filename. -GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit - -# When using avarice settings for the JTAG -JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 - -# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr. -DEBUG_PORT = 4242 - -# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally -# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when -# avarice is running on a different computer. -DEBUG_HOST = localhost - - - -#============================================================================ - - -# Define programs and commands. -SHELL = sh -CC = avr-gcc -OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy -OBJDUMP = avr-objdump -SIZE = avr-size -AR = avr-ar rcs -NM = avr-nm -AVRDUDE = avrdude -REMOVE = rm -f -REMOVEDIR = rm -rf -COPY = cp -WINSHELL = cmd - -# Define Messages -# English -MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none -MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- -MSG_END = -------- end -------- -MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: -MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: -MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: -MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: -MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: -MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: -MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: -MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: -MSG_LINKING = Linking: -MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: -MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: -MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: -MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: -MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: - - - - -# Define all object files. -OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - -# Define all listing files. -LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - - -# Compiler flags to generate dependency files. -GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d - - -# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags. -# Add target processor to flags. -ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) - - - - - -# Default target. -all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end - -# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library. -build: elf hex eep lss sym -#build: lib - - -elf: $(TARGET).elf -hex: $(TARGET).hex -eep: $(TARGET).eep -lss: $(TARGET).lss -sym: $(TARGET).sym -LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a -lib: $(LIBNAME) - - - -# Eye candy. -# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on -# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job. -begin: - @echo - @echo $(MSG_BEGIN) - -end: - @echo $(MSG_END) - @echo - - -# Display size of file. -HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex -ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf -MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) -FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) - -sizebefore: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -sizeafter: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -checkhooks: build - @echo - @echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events ------- - @$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \ - cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \ - echo "(None)" - @echo ------------------------------------ - -checklibmode: - @echo - @echo ----------- Library Mode ----------- - @$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \ - | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \ - || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)." - @echo ------------------------------------ - -checkboard: - @echo - @echo ---------- Selected Board ---------- - @echo Selected board model is $(BOARD). - @echo ------------------------------------ - -# Display compiler version information. -gccversion : - @$(CC) --version - - - -# Program the device. -program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) - -flip: $(TARGET).hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu: $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - -flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - - -# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following: -# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set -# a breakpoint at main(). -gdb-config: - @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) - @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -endif - @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - -debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) - @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \ - $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) - @$(WINSHELL) /c pause - -else - @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \ - $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) -endif - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) - - - - -# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB. -COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 - - - -coff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - -extcoff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - - -# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file. -%.hex: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ - $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ - -%.eep: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ - -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \ - --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 - -# Create extended listing file from ELF output file. -%.lss: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ - $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ - -# Create a symbol table from ELF output file. -%.sym: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ - $(NM) -n $< > $@ - - - -# Create library from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.a: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ - $(AR) $@ $(OBJ) - - -# Link: create ELF output file from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.elf: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ - $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) - - -# Compile: create object files from C source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create object files from C++ source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C source files. -%.s : %.c - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files. -%.s : %.cpp - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S - @echo - @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report. -%.i : %.c - $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Target: clean project. -clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end - -clean_binary: - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex - -clean_list: - @echo $(MSG_CLEANING) - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) - $(REMOVEDIR) .dep - - -doxygen: - @echo Generating Project Documentation... - @doxygen Doxygen.conf - @echo Documentation Generation Complete. - -clean_doxygen: - rm -rf Documentation - -# Create object files directory -$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) - - -# Include the dependency files. --include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) - - -# Listing of phony targets. -.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \ -begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \ -build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \ -clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \ -doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index c951c797e..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations - * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures - * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - -/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This - * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate - * with compatible devices. - * - * This routine searches for a MSD interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints. - * - * \return An error code from the MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum. - */ -uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void) -{ - uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData; - uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize; - uint8_t FoundEndpoints = 0; - - /* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */ - if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - return ControlError; - - /* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */ - if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE) - return DescriptorTooLarge; - - /* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */ - ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize); - - /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */ - USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData); - - /* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration) - return InvalidConfigDataReturned; - - /* Get the mass storage interface from the configuration descriptor */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextMassStorageInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoInterfaceFound; - } - - /* Get the IN and OUT data endpoints for the mass storage interface */ - while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE) | (1 << MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE))) - { - /* Fetch the next bulk endpoint from the current mass storage interface */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoEndpointFound; - } - - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t); - - /* Check if the endpoint is a bulk IN or bulk OUT endpoint, set appropriate globals */ - if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN) - { - /* Configure the data IN pipe */ - Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_IN, - EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, - PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE); - - Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(); - - /* Set the flag indicating that the data IN pipe has been found */ - FoundEndpoints |= (1 << MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE); - } - else - { - /* Configure the data OUT pipe */ - Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT, - EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, - PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE); - - /* Set the flag indicating that the data OUT pipe has been found */ - FoundEndpoints |= (1 << MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE); - } - } - - /* Valid data found, return success */ - return SuccessfulConfigRead; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mass Storage Class, Subclass and Protocol values. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextMassStorageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - /* Check the descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */ - if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == MASS_STORE_CLASS) && - (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).SubClass == MASS_STORE_SUBCLASS) && - (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == MASS_STORE_PROTOCOL)) - { - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - } - - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the correct MSD interface, aborting the search if - * another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint) - { - uint8_t EndpointType = (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK); - - /* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK type endpoint found */ - if (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail; - } - - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6c0b8e6f4..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c. - */ - -#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ -#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include // USB Functionality - - #include "MassStorageHost.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Interface Class value for the Mass Storage Device class */ - #define MASS_STORE_CLASS 0x08 - - /** Interface Class value for the Mass Storage Device subclass */ - #define MASS_STORE_SUBCLASS 0x06 - - /** Interface Protocol value for the Bulk Only transport protocol */ - #define MASS_STORE_PROTOCOL 0x50 - - /** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */ - #define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512 - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */ - enum MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t - { - SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */ - ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */ - DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */ - InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */ - NoInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible MSD interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */ - NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< The correct MSD endpoint descriptors were not found in the device's MSD interface */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void); - - uint8_t DComp_NextMassStorageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor); - uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index b154575bf..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project -# -# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all -# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the -# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See -# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded -# by quotes) that should identify the project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Host Demo" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. -# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or -# if some version control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0 - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) -# base path where the generated documentation will be put. -# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location -# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create -# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output -# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. -# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of -# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would -# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# The default language is English, other supported languages are: -# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, -# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, -# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, -# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, -# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in -# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). -# Set to NO to disable this. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend -# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. -# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator -# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string -# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be -# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is -# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. -# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically -# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" -# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" -# "represents" "a" "an" "the" - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full -# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set -# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag -# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is -# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of -# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the -# path to strip. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of -# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells -# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. -# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class -# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that -# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter -# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems -# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen -# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc -# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments -# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will -# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments -# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring -# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen -# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// -# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. -# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed -# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented -# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it -# re-implements. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce -# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will -# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. -# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts -# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". -# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to -# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which -# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". -# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. -# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list -# of all members will be omitted, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified -# scopes will look different, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Fortran. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for -# VHDL. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should -# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. -# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. -# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public -# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter -# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) -# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the -# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or -# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the -# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of -# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a -# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to -# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using -# the \nosubgrouping command. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum -# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically -# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to -# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. -# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. -# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is -# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause -# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time -# causing a significant performance penality. -# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the -# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on -# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the -# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: -# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, -# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols - -SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. -# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless -# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) -# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. -# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local -# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in -# the interface are included in the documentation. -# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base -# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default -# anonymous namespace are hidden. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. -# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the -# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. -# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. -# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various -# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. -# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the -# documentation. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. -# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the -# function's detailed documentation block. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation -# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set -# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. -# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate -# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen -# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the -# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation -# of that file. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] -# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen -# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members -# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically -# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) -# the group names will appear in their defined order. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be -# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to -# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, -# not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the -# alphabetical list. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting -# \deprecated commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional -# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines -# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in -# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified -# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. -# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the -# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer -# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated -# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the -# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories -# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy -# in the documentation. The default is NO. - -SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. -# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the -# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index -# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command , where is the value of -# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and is the name of an input file -# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output -# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by -# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files -# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents -# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a -# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name -# of the layout file. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated -# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank -# NO is used. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings -# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will -# automatically be disabled. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some -# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that -# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for -# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters -# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about -# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of -# documentation. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that -# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text -# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the -# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain -# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could -# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning -# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written -# to stderr. - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or -# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories -# with spaces. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is -# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built -# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for -# the list of possible encodings. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank the following patterns are tested: -# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx -# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories -# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. -# If left blank NO is used. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. - -EXCLUDE = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded -# from the input. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched -# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories -# for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see -# the \include command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank all files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude -# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see -# the \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command , where -# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the name of an -# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes -# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be -# ignored. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: -# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further -# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER -# is applied to all files. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source -# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will -# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also -# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body -# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct -# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code -# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented -# functions referencing it will be listed. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented entities -# called/used by that function will be listed. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) -# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from -# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will -# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code -# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen -# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source -# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You -# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for -# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index -# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project -# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then -# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns -# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all -# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. -# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that -# should be ignored while generating the index headers. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate HTML output. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for -# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank -# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard footer. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading -# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to -# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen -# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy -# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own -# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, -# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to -# NO a bullet list will be used. - -HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 -# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). -# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the -# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that -# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find -# it at startup. -# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the -# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple -# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) -# can be grouped. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that -# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a -# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen -# will append .docset to the name. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the -# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) -# of the generated HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You -# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. - -CHM_FILE = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of -# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run -# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag -# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that -# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING -# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file -# content. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag -# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a -# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members -# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER -# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for -# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated -# HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. -# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Namespace. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. -# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated -# .qhp file . - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at -# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and -# the value YES disables it. - -DISABLE_INDEX = NO - -# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) -# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. -# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated -# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that -# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are -# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values -# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, -# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; -# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which -# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous -# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE -# respectively. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be -# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree -# is shown. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included -# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that -# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need -# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory -# to force them to be regenerated. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate Latex output. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to -# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the -# default command name. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used -# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and -# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX -# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for -# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until -# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated -# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of -# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep -# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. -# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not -# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) -# in the output. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output -# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with -# other RTF readers or editors. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated -# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other -# programs which support those fields. -# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's -# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide -# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. -# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate man pages - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to -# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, -# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity -# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files -# only source the real man page, but without them the man command -# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an XML file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_SCHEMA = - -# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_DTD = - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting -# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that -# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file -# that captures the structure of the code including all -# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental -# and incomplete at the moment. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this -# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the -# moment. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate -# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able -# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be -# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful -# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this -# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller -# and Perl will parse it just the same. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file -# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. -# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same -# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include -# files. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro -# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional -# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled -# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES -# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the -# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files -# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by -# the preprocessor. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will -# be used. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that -# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name -# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are -# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being -# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator -# instead of the = operator. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then -# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. -# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. -# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then -# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone -# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such -# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse -# the parser if not removed. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. -# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation -# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without -# this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or -# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool -# does not have to be run to correct the links. -# Note that each tag file must have a unique name -# (where the name does NOT include the path) -# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen -# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create -# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed -# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes -# will be listed. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed -# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will -# be listed. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base -# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that -# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a -# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide -# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented -# or is not a class. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization -# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section -# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output -# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This -# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need -# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name -# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, -# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the -# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory -# containing the font. - -DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. -# The default size is 10pt. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the -# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a -# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot -# can find it using this tag. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the -# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and -# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the -# relations between templates and their instances. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT -# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented -# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with -# other documented files. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and -# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each -# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or -# indirectly include this file. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs -# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller -# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES -# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories -# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include -# relations between the files in the directories. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif -# If left blank png will be used. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. - -DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin" - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the -# \dotfile command). - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of -# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph -# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is -# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the -# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note -# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the -# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable -# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes -# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this -# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large -# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not -# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, -# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of -# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) -# support this, this feature is disabled by default. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and -# arrows in the dot generated graphs. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate -# the various graphs. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to the search engine -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be -# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c deleted file mode 100644 index 95aafca8c..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,685 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Mass Storage Device commands, to issue MSD commands to the device for - * reading device status, capacity, and other characteristics. This file - * also contains block read and write functions, so that device blocks - * can be read and written. In general, these functions would be chained - * to a FAT library to give file-level access to an attached device's contents. - * - * \note Many Mass Storage devices on the market are non-compliant to the - * specifications and thus can prove difficult to interface with. It - * may be necessary to retry the functions in the module several times - * after they have returned and error to successfully send the command - * to the device. Some devices may also need to have the stream function - * timeout period extended beyond 100ms (some badly designed devices exceeding - * 1.5 seconds occasionally) by defining USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS to a - * larger value in the project makefile and passing it to the compiler - * via the -D switch. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORE_COMMANDS_C -#include "MassStoreCommands.h" - -/* Globals: */ -/** Current CBW to send to the device. This is automatically filled by the routines - * in this file and is not externally accessible. - */ -static CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock; - -/** Current CSW received from the device. This is automatically filled by the routines - * in this file and is externally accessible so that the return codes may be checked. - */ -CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSICommandStatus; - -/** Current Tag value used in issued CBWs to the device. This is automatically incremented - * by the routines in this file, and is not externally accessible. - */ -static uint32_t MassStore_Tag = 1; - - -/** Routine to send the current CBW to the device, and increment the Tag value as needed. - * - * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -static uint8_t MassStore_SendCommand(void) -{ - uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; - - /* Each transmission should have a unique tag value, excluding values 0 and 0xFFFFFFFF */ - if (++MassStore_Tag == 0xFFFFFFFF) - MassStore_Tag = 1; - - /* Select the OUT data pipe for CBW transmission */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Write the CBW command to the OUT pipe */ - if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&SCSICommandBlock, sizeof(CommandBlockWrapper_t))) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - return ErrorCode; - - /* Send the data in the OUT pipe to the attached device */ - Pipe_ClearOUT(); - - while(!(Pipe_IsOUTReady())); - - /* Freeze pipe after use */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; -} - -/** Waits until the attached device is ready to accept data following a CBW, checking - * to ensure that the device has not stalled the transaction. - * - * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void) -{ - uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS; - - /* Unfreeze the OUT pipe so that it can be checked */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Wait until data received in the IN pipe */ - while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived())) - { - /* Check to see if a new frame has been issued (1ms elapsed) */ - if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI)) - { - /* Clear the flag and decrement the timeout period counter */ - USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI); - TimeoutMSRem--; - - /* Check to see if the timeout period for the command has elapsed */ - if (!(TimeoutMSRem)) - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout; - } - - Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE); - - /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */ - if (Pipe_IsStalled()) - { - /* Clear the stall condition on the OUT pipe */ - MassStore_ClearPipeStall(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE); - - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled; - } - - Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE); - - /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */ - if (Pipe_IsStalled()) - { - /* Clear the stall condition on the IN pipe */ - MassStore_ClearPipeStall(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE); - - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled; - } - - /* Check to see if the device was disconnected, if so exit function */ - if (!(USB_IsConnected)) - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected; - }; - - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; -} - -/** Sends or receives the transaction's data stage to or from the attached device, reading or - * writing to the nominated buffer. - * - * \param BufferPtr Pointer to the data buffer to read from or write to - * - * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -static uint8_t MassStore_SendReceiveData(void* BufferPtr) -{ - uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; - uint16_t BytesRem = SCSICommandBlock.Header.DataTransferLength; - - /* Check the direction of the SCSI command data stage */ - if (SCSICommandBlock.Header.Flags & COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN) - { - /* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Read in the block data from the pipe */ - if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - return ErrorCode; - - /* Acknowledge the packet */ - Pipe_ClearIN(); - } - else - { - /* Select the OUT data pipe for data transmission */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Write the block data to the pipe */ - if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - return ErrorCode; - - /* Acknowledge the packet */ - Pipe_ClearOUT(); - - while (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady())); - } - - /* Freeze used pipe after use */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; -} - -/** Routine to receive the current CSW from the device. - * - * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -static uint8_t MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(void) -{ - uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; - - /* If an error in the command ocurred, abort */ - if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - return ErrorCode; - - /* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Load in the CSW from the attached device */ - if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&SCSICommandStatus, sizeof(CommandStatusWrapper_t))) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - return ErrorCode; - - /* Clear the data ready for next reception */ - Pipe_ClearIN(); - - /* Freeze the IN pipe after use */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; -} - -/** Clears the stall condition in the attached device on the nominated endpoint number. - * - * \param EndpointNum Endpoint number in the attached device whose stall condition is to be cleared - * - * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t MassStore_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum) -{ - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT), - .bRequest = REQ_ClearFeature, - .wValue = FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT, - .wIndex = EndpointNum, - .wLength = 0, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL); -} - -/** Issues a Mass Storage class specific request to reset the attached device's Mass Storage interface, - * readying the device for the next CBW. - * - * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t MassStore_MassStorageReset(void) -{ - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE), - .bRequest = REQ_MassStorageReset, - .wValue = 0, - .wIndex = 0, - .wLength = 0, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL); -} - -/** Issues a Mass Storage class specific request to determine the index of the highest numbered Logical - * Unit in the attached device. - * - * \param MaxLUNIndex Pointer to the location that the maximum LUN index value should be stored - * - * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t MassStore_GetMaxLUN(uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex) -{ - uint8_t ErrorCode; - - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE), - .bRequest = REQ_GetMaxLUN, - .wValue = 0, - .wIndex = 0, - .wLength = 1, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(MaxLUNIndex)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled) - { - /* Clear the pipe stall */ - Pipe_ClearStall(); - - /* Some faulty Mass Storage devices don't implement the GET_MAX_LUN request, so assume a single LUN */ - *MaxLUNIndex = 0; - } - - return ErrorCode; -} - -/** Issues a SCSI Request Sense command to the attached device, to determine the current SCSI sense information. This - * gives error codes for the last issued SCSI command to the device. - * - * \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to - * \param SensePtr Pointer to the sense data structure where the sense data from the device is to be stored - * - * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t MassStore_RequestSense(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SensePtr) -{ - uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; - - /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue REQUEST SENSE command */ - SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t) - { - .Header = - { - .Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE, - .Tag = MassStore_Tag, - .DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t), - .Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN, - .LUN = LUNIndex, - .SCSICommandLength = 6 - }, - - .SCSICommandData = - { - SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE, - 0x00, // Reserved - 0x00, // Reserved - 0x00, // Reserved - sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t), // Allocation Length - 0x00 // Unused (control) - } - }; - - /* Send SCSI command to the attached device */ - MassStore_SendCommand(); - - /* Wait until data received from the device */ - if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - { - Pipe_Freeze(); - return ReturnCode; - } - - /* Read the returned sense data into the buffer */ - if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData((uint8_t*)SensePtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - { - Pipe_Freeze(); - return ReturnCode; - } - - /* Read in the returned CSW from the device */ - if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - { - Pipe_Freeze(); - return ReturnCode; - } - - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; -} - -/** Issues a SCSI Device Block Read command to the attached device, to read in one or more data blocks from the - * storage medium into a buffer. - * - * \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to - * \param BlockAddress Start block address to read from - * \param Blocks Number of blocks to read from the device - * \param BlockSize Size in bytes of each block to read - * \param BufferPtr Pointer to the buffer where the read data is to be written to - * - * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress, - const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr) -{ - uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; - - /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to read in the given blocks from the device */ - SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t) - { - .Header = - { - .Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE, - .Tag = MassStore_Tag, - .DataTransferLength = ((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize), - .Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN, - .LUN = LUNIndex, - .SCSICommandLength = 10 - }, - - .SCSICommandData = - { - SCSI_CMD_READ_10, - 0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off) - (BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address - (BlockAddress >> 16), - (BlockAddress >> 8), - (BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address - 0x00, // Unused (reserved) - 0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Read - Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Read - 0x00 // Unused (control) - } - }; - - /* Send SCSI command to the attached device */ - MassStore_SendCommand(); - - /* Wait until data received from the device */ - if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - { - Pipe_Freeze(); - return ReturnCode; - } - - /* Read the returned block data into the buffer */ - if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(BufferPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - { - Pipe_Freeze(); - return ReturnCode; - } - - /* Read in the returned CSW from the device */ - if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - { - Pipe_Freeze(); - return ReturnCode; - } - - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; -} - -/** Issues a SCSI Device Block Write command to the attached device, to write one or more data blocks to the - * storage medium from a buffer. - * - * \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to - * \param BlockAddress Start block address to write to - * \param Blocks Number of blocks to write to in the device - * \param BlockSize Size in bytes of each block to write - * \param BufferPtr Pointer to the buffer where the write data is to be sourced from - * - * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t MassStore_WriteDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress, - const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr) -{ - uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; - - /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to write the given blocks to the device */ - SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t) - { - .Header = - { - .Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE, - .Tag = MassStore_Tag, - .DataTransferLength = ((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize), - .Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT, - .LUN = LUNIndex, - .SCSICommandLength = 10 - }, - - .SCSICommandData = - { - SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10, - 0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off) - (BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address - (BlockAddress >> 16), - (BlockAddress >> 8), - (BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address - 0x00, // Unused (reserved) - 0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Write - Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Write - 0x00 // Unused (control) - } - }; - - /* Send SCSI command to the attached device */ - MassStore_SendCommand(); - - /* Write the data to the device from the buffer */ - if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(BufferPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - { - Pipe_Freeze(); - return ReturnCode; - } - - /* Read in the returned CSW from the device */ - if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - { - Pipe_Freeze(); - return ReturnCode; - } - - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; -} - -/** Issues a SCSI Device Test Unit Ready command to the attached device, to determine if the device is ready to accept - * other commands. - * - * \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to - * - * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t MassStore_TestUnitReady(const uint8_t LUNIndex) -{ - uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; - - /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue TEST UNIT READY command */ - SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t) - { - .Header = - { - .Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE, - .Tag = MassStore_Tag, - .DataTransferLength = 0, - .Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN, - .LUN = LUNIndex, - .SCSICommandLength = 6 - }, - - .SCSICommandData = - { - SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY, - 0x00, // Reserved - 0x00, // Reserved - 0x00, // Reserved - 0x00, // Reserved - 0x00 // Unused (control) - } - }; - - /* Send SCSI command to the attached device */ - MassStore_SendCommand(); - - /* Read in the returned CSW from the device */ - if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - { - Pipe_Freeze(); - return ReturnCode; - } - - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; -} - -/** Issues a SCSI Device Read Capacity command to the attached device, to determine the capacity of the - * given Logical Unit within the device. - * - * \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to - * \param CapacityPtr Device capacity structure where the capacity data is to be stored - * - * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t MassStore_ReadCapacity(const uint8_t LUNIndex, SCSI_Capacity_t* const CapacityPtr) -{ - uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; - - /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue READ CAPACITY command */ - SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t) - { - .Header = - { - .Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE, - .Tag = MassStore_Tag, - .DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Capacity_t), - .Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN, - .LUN = LUNIndex, - .SCSICommandLength = 10 - }, - - .SCSICommandData = - { - SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10, - 0x00, // Reserved - 0x00, // MSB of Logical block address - 0x00, - 0x00, - 0x00, // LSB of Logical block address - 0x00, // Reserved - 0x00, // Reserved - 0x00, // Partial Medium Indicator - 0x00 // Unused (control) - } - }; - - /* Send SCSI command to the attached device */ - MassStore_SendCommand(); - - /* Wait until data received from the device */ - if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - { - Pipe_Freeze(); - return ReturnCode; - } - - /* Read the returned capacity data into the buffer */ - if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(CapacityPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - { - Pipe_Freeze(); - return ReturnCode; - } - - /* Endian-correct the read data */ - CapacityPtr->Blocks = SwapEndian_32(CapacityPtr->Blocks); - CapacityPtr->BlockSize = SwapEndian_32(CapacityPtr->BlockSize); - - /* Read in the returned CSW from the device */ - if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - { - Pipe_Freeze(); - return ReturnCode; - } - - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; -} - -/** Issues a SCSI Device Prevent/Allow Medium Removal command to the attached device, to lock the physical media from - * being removed. This is a legacy command for SCSI disks with removable storage (such as ZIP disks), but should still - * be issued before the first read or write command is sent. - * - * \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to - * \param PreventRemoval Whether or not the LUN media should be locked to prevent removal or not - * - * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const bool PreventRemoval) -{ - uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; - - /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command */ - SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t) - { - .Header = - { - .Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE, - .Tag = MassStore_Tag, - .DataTransferLength = 0, - .Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT, - .LUN = LUNIndex, - .SCSICommandLength = 6 - }, - - .SCSICommandData = - { - SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL, - 0x00, // Reserved - 0x00, // Reserved - PreventRemoval, // Prevent flag - 0x00, // Reserved - 0x00 // Unused (control) - } - }; - - /* Send SCSI command to the attached device */ - MassStore_SendCommand(); - - /* Read in the returned CSW from the device */ - if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus())) - { - Pipe_Freeze(); - return ReturnCode; - } - - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h deleted file mode 100644 index 28f6a1561..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for MassStoreCommands.c. - */ - -#ifndef _MASS_STORE_COMMANDS_H_ -#define _MASS_STORE_COMMANDS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include - - #include "MassStorageHost.h" - #include "SCSI_Codes.h" - - #include // USB Functionality - - /* Macros: */ - /** Class specific request to reset the Mass Storage interface of the attached device */ - #define REQ_MassStorageReset 0xFF - - /** Class specific request to retrieve the maximum Logical Unit Number (LUN) index of the attached device */ - #define REQ_GetMaxLUN 0xFE - - /** Command Block Wrapper signature byte, for verification of valid CBW blocks */ - #define CBW_SIGNATURE 0x43425355UL - - /** Command Static Wrapper signature byte, for verification of valid CSW blocks */ - #define CSW_SIGNATURE 0x53425355UL - - /** Data direction mask for the Flags field of a CBW, indicating Host-to-Device transfer direction */ - #define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT (0 << 7) - - /** Data direction mask for the Flags field of a CBW, indicating Device-to-Host transfer direction */ - #define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN (1 << 7) - - /** Timeout period between the issuing of a CBW to a device, and the reception of the first packet */ - #define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 500 - - /** Pipe number of the Mass Storage data IN pipe */ - #define MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE 1 - - /** Pipe number of the Mass Storage data OUT pipe */ - #define MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE 2 - - /* Type defines: */ - /** Type define for a Mass Storage class Command Block Wrapper, used to wrap SCSI - * commands for transport over the USB bulk endpoints to the device. - */ - typedef struct - { - struct - { - uint32_t Signature; /**< Command block signature, always equal to CBW_SIGNATURE */ - uint32_t Tag; /**< Current CBW tag, to positively associate a CBW with a CSW */ - uint32_t DataTransferLength; /**< Length of data to transfer, following the CBW */ - uint8_t Flags; /**< Block flags, equal to one of the COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_* macros */ - uint8_t LUN; /**< Logical Unit Number the CBW is addressed to in the device */ - uint8_t SCSICommandLength; /**< Length of the SCSI command in the CBW */ - } Header; - - uint8_t SCSICommandData[16]; /**< SCSI command to issue to the device */ - } CommandBlockWrapper_t; - - /** Type define for a Mass Storage class Command Status Wrapper, used to wrap SCSI - * responses for transport over the USB bulk endpoints from the device. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint32_t Signature; /**< Command status signature, always equal to CSW_SIGNATURE */ - uint32_t Tag; /**< Current CBW tag, to positively associate a CBW with a CSW */ - uint32_t DataTransferResidue; /**< Length of data not transferred */ - uint8_t Status; /**< Command status, a value from the MassStorageHost_CommandStatusCodes_t enum */ - } CommandStatusWrapper_t; - - /** Type define for a SCSI Sense structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the - * device via the MassStore_RequestSense() function, indicating the current sense data of the - * device (giving explicit error codes for the last issued command). For details of the - * structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint8_t ReponseCode; - - uint8_t SegmentNumber; - - unsigned char SenseKey : 4; - unsigned char _RESERVED1 : 1; - unsigned char ILI : 1; - unsigned char EOM : 1; - unsigned char FileMark : 1; - - uint8_t Information[4]; - uint8_t AdditionalLength; - uint8_t CmdSpecificInformation[4]; - uint8_t AdditionalSenseCode; - uint8_t AdditionalSenseQualifier; - uint8_t FieldReplaceableUnitCode; - uint8_t SenseKeySpecific[3]; - } SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t; - - /** SCSI capacity structure, to hold the total capacity of the device in both the number - * of blocks in the current LUN, and the size of each block. This structure is filled by - * the device when the MassStore_ReadCapacity() function is called. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint32_t Blocks; /**< Number of blocks in the addressed LUN of the device */ - uint32_t BlockSize; /**< Number of bytes in each block in the addressed LUN */ - } SCSI_Capacity_t; - - /* Enums: */ - /** CSW status return codes, indicating the overall status of the issued CBW */ - enum MassStorageHost_CommandStatusCodes_t - { - Command_Pass = 0, /**< Command completed successfully */ - Command_Fail = 1, /**< Command failed to complete successfully */ - Phase_Error = 2 /**< Phase error while processing the issued command */ - }; - - /* External Variables: */ - extern CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSICommandStatus; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORE_COMMANDS_C) - static uint8_t MassStore_SendCommand(void); - static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void); - static uint8_t MassStore_SendReceiveData(void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1); - static uint8_t MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(void); - #endif - - uint8_t MassStore_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum); - uint8_t MassStore_MassStorageReset(void); - uint8_t MassStore_GetMaxLUN(uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex); - uint8_t MassStore_RequestSense(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SensePtr) - ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2); - uint8_t MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress, - const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5); - uint8_t MassStore_WriteDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress, - const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5); - uint8_t MassStore_ReadCapacity(const uint8_t LUNIndex, SCSI_Capacity_t* const CapacityPtr) - ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2); - uint8_t MassStore_TestUnitReady(const uint8_t LUNIndex); - uint8_t MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const bool PreventRemoval); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/SCSI_Codes.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/SCSI_Codes.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2b2213de2..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/SCSI_Codes.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header containing macros for possible SCSI commands and SENSE data. Refer to - * the SCSI standard documentation for more information on each SCSI command and - * the SENSE data. - */ - -#ifndef _SCSI_CODES_H_ -#define _SCSI_CODES_H_ - - /* Macros: */ - #define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY 0x12 - #define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE 0x03 - #define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY 0x00 - #define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10 0x25 - #define SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC 0x1D - #define SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL 0x1E - #define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10 0x2A - #define SCSI_CMD_READ_10 0x28 - #define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6 0x0A - #define SCSI_CMD_READ_6 0x08 - #define SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10 0x2F - #define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6 0x1A - #define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_10 0x5A - - #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD 0x00 - #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_RECOVERED_ERROR 0x01 - #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_NOT_READY 0x02 - #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MEDIUM_ERROR 0x03 - #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR 0x04 - #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST 0x05 - #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_UNIT_ATTENTION 0x06 - #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT 0x07 - #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_BLANK_CHECK 0x08 - #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0x09 - #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_COPY_ABORTED 0x0A - #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ABORTED_COMMAND 0x0B - #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VOLUME_OVERFLOW 0x0D - #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MISCOMPARE 0x0E - - #define SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION 0x00 - #define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_UNIT_NOT_READY 0x04 - #define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB 0x24 - #define SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED 0x27 - #define SCSI_ASENSE_FORMAT_ERROR 0x31 - #define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND 0x20 - #define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x21 - #define SCSI_ASENSE_MEDIUM_NOT_PRESENT 0x3A - - #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER 0x00 - #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_FORMAT_COMMAND_FAILED 0x01 - #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_INITIALIZING_COMMAND_REQUIRED 0x02 - #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS 0x07 - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c deleted file mode 100644 index a2e6631e2..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,431 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the MassStorageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of - * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "MassStorageHost.h" - -/* Scheduler Task List */ -TASK_LIST -{ - { .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP }, - { .Task = USB_MassStore_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP }, -}; - -/* Globals */ -/** Index of the highest available LUN (Logical Unit) in the attached Mass Storage Device */ -uint8_t MassStore_MaxLUNIndex; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then - * starts the scheduler to run the application tasks. - */ -int main(void) -{ - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - SerialStream_Init(9600, false); - LEDs_Init(); - Buttons_Init(); - - /* Indicate USB not ready */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); - - /* Start-up message */ - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY - "MassStore Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF)); - - /* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */ - Scheduler_Init(); - - /* Initialize USB Subsystem */ - USB_Init(); - - /* Scheduling routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */ - Scheduler_Start(); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and - * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void) -{ - puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n")); - UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating); - - /* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and - * stops the library USB task management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void) -{ - /* Stop USB management and Mass Storage tasks */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP); - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_MassStore_Host, TASK_STOP); - - puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n")); - UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully - * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void) -{ - /* Once device is fully enumerated, start the Mass Storage Host task */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_MassStore_Host, TASK_RUN); - - /* Indicate device enumeration complete */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */ -void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode) -{ - USB_ShutDown(); - - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError); - for(;;); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while - * enumerating an attached USB device. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode) -{ - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState); - - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); -} - -/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read in blocks from - * the device and print them to the serial port. - */ -TASK(USB_MassStore_Host) -{ - uint8_t ErrorCode; - - switch (USB_HostState) - { - case HOST_STATE_Addressed: - /* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */ - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE), - .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration, - .wValue = 1, - .wIndex = 0, - .wLength = 0, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */ - if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error via status LEDs */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured; - break; - case HOST_STATE_Configured: - puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n")); - - /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */ - if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead) - { - if (ErrorCode == ControlError) - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n")); - else - puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n")); - - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error via status LEDs */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - puts_P(PSTR("Mass Storage Disk Enumerated.\r\n")); - - USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready; - break; - case HOST_STATE_Ready: - /* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */ - UpdateStatus(Status_Busy); - - /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */ - if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_GetMaxLUN(&MassStore_MaxLUNIndex)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Get Max LUN"), false, ErrorCode); - break; - } - - /* Print number of LUNs detected in the attached device */ - printf_P(PSTR("Total LUNs: %d.\r\n"), (MassStore_MaxLUNIndex + 1)); - - /* Reset the Mass Storage device interface, ready for use */ - if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_MassStorageReset()) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Mass Storage Reset"), false, ErrorCode); - break; - } - - /* Get sense data from the device - many devices will not accept any other commands until the sense data - * is read - both on start-up and after a failed command */ - SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData; - if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_RequestSense(0, &SenseData)) != 0) || (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass)) - { - ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Request Sense"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode); - break; - } - - /* Set the prevent removal flag for the device, allowing it to be accessed */ - if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(0, true)) != 0) || (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass)) - { - ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Prevent/Allow Medium Removal"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode); - break; - } - - puts_P(PSTR("Waiting until ready..")); - - /* Wait until disk ready */ - do - { - Serial_TxByte('.'); - - if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_TestUnitReady(0)) != 0) - { - ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Test Unit Ready"), false, ErrorCode); - break; - } - } - while ((SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass) && USB_IsConnected); - - /* Abort if device removed */ - if (!(USB_IsConnected)) - break; - - puts_P(PSTR("\r\nRetrieving Capacity... ")); - - /* Create new structure for the disk's capacity in blocks and block size */ - SCSI_Capacity_t DiskCapacity; - - /* Retrieve disk capacity */ - if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadCapacity(0, &DiskCapacity)) != 0) || (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass)) - { - ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Capacity"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode); - break; - } - - /* Display the disk capacity in blocks * block size bytes */ - printf_P(PSTR("%lu blocks of %lu bytes.\r\n"), DiskCapacity.Blocks, DiskCapacity.BlockSize); - - /* Create a new buffer capabable of holding a single block from the device */ - uint8_t BlockBuffer[DiskCapacity.BlockSize]; - - /* Read in the first 512 byte block from the device */ - if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(0, 0x00000000, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer)) != 0) || - (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass)) - { - ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Device Block"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode); - break; - } - - puts_P(PSTR("\r\nContents of first block:\r\n")); - - /* Print out the first block in both HEX and ASCII, 16 bytes per line */ - for (uint16_t Chunk = 0; Chunk < (DiskCapacity.BlockSize >> 4); Chunk++) - { - /* Pointer to the start of the current 16-byte chunk in the read block of data */ - uint8_t* ChunkPtr = &BlockBuffer[Chunk << 4]; - - /* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in HEX format */ - for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++) - { - char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset); - - printf_P(PSTR("%.2X "), CurrByte); - } - - puts_P(PSTR(" ")); - - /* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in ASCII format */ - for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++) - { - char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset); - - putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.'); - } - - puts_P(PSTR("\r\n")); - } - - puts_P(PSTR("\r\n\r\nPress board button to read entire ASCII contents of disk...\r\n\r\n")); - - /* Wait for the board button to be pressed */ - while (!(Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)) - { - /* Abort if device removed */ - if (!(USB_IsConnected)) - break; - } - - /* Print out the entire disk contents in ASCII format */ - for (uint32_t CurrBlock = 0; CurrBlock < DiskCapacity.Blocks; CurrBlock++) - { - /* Read in the next block of data from the device */ - if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(0, CurrBlock, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer)) != 0) || - (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass)) - { - ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Device Block"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode); - break; - } - - /* Send the ASCII data in the read in block to the serial port */ - for (uint16_t Byte = 0; Byte < DiskCapacity.BlockSize; Byte++) - { - char CurrByte = BlockBuffer[Byte]; - - putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.'); - } - - /* Abort if device removed */ - if (!(USB_IsConnected)) - break; - } - - /* Indicate device no longer busy */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - - break; - } -} - -/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to - * log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates. - * - * \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the MassStorageHost_StatusCodes_t enum - */ -void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus) -{ - uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS; - - /* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */ - switch (CurrentStatus) - { - case Status_USBNotReady: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1); - break; - case Status_USBEnumerating: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2); - break; - case Status_USBReady: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2); - break; - case Status_EnumerationError: - case Status_HardwareError: - case Status_SCSICommandError: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3); - break; - case Status_Busy: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED4); - break; - } - - /* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); -} - -/** Indicates that a communication error has occurred with the attached Mass Storage Device, - * printing error codes to the serial port and waiting until the device is removed before - * continuing. - * - * \param CommandString ASCII string located in PROGMEM space indicating what operation failed - * \param FailedAtSCSILayer Indicates if the command failed at the (logical) SCSI layer or at the physical USB layer - * \param ErrorCode Error code of the function which failed to complete successfully - */ -void ShowDiskReadError(char* CommandString, bool FailedAtSCSILayer, uint8_t ErrorCode) -{ - if (FailedAtSCSILayer) - { - /* Display the error code */ - printf_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "SCSI command error (%S).\r\n"), CommandString); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Status Code: %d"), ErrorCode); - } - else - { - /* Display the error code */ - printf_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Command error (%S).\r\n"), CommandString); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d"), ErrorCode); - } - - Pipe_Freeze(); - - /* Indicate device error via the status LEDs */ - UpdateStatus(Status_SCSICommandError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6e1e5cd9e..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for MassStoreHost.c. - */ - -#ifndef _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_ -#define _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include - #include - #include - #include - #include - #include - - #include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - - #include "Lib/MassStoreCommands.h" - - #include // Library Version Information - #include // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes - #include // USB Functionality - #include // Serial stream driver - #include // LEDs driver - #include // Board Buttons driver - #include // Simple scheduler for task management - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */ - enum MassStorageHost_StatusCodes_t - { - Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */ - Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */ - Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */ - Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */ - Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */ - Status_Busy = 5, /**< Busy reading or writing to the attached Mass Storage device */ - Status_SCSICommandError = 6, /**< Error sending or receiving a command to or from the attached SCSI device */ - }; - - /* Task Definitions: */ - TASK(USB_MassStore_Host); - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void); - - void ShowDiskReadError(char* CommandString, bool FailedAtSCSILayer, uint8_t ErrorCode); - void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 88b42e937..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage Mass Storage Host Demo - * - * \section SSec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *
USB Mode:Host
USB Class:Mass Storage Device
USB Subclass:Bulk Only
Relevant Standards:USBIF Mass Storage StandardUSB Bulk-Only Transport StandardSCSI Primary Commands SpecificationSCSI Block Commands Specification
Usable Speeds:Full Speed Mode
- * - * \section SSec_Description Project Description: - * - * Mass Storage host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference - * application for implementing a USB Mass Storage host, for USB storage devices - * using the standard Mass Storage USB profile. - * - * The first 512 bytes (boot sector) of an attached disk's memory will be dumped - * out of the serial port in HEX and ASCII form when it is attached to the AT90USB1287 - * AVR. The device will then wait for HWB to be pressed, whereupon the entire ASCII contents - * of the disk will be dumped to the serial port. - * - * \section SSec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * - * - * - * - *
- * None - *
- */ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index f50f59887..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,737 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*- -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al. -# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. << -# -# Released to the Public Domain -# -# Additional material for this makefile was written by: -# Peter Fleury -# Tim Henigan -# Colin O'Flynn -# Reiner Patommel -# Markus Pfaff -# Sander Pool -# Frederik Rouleau -# Carlos Lamas -# Dean Camera -# Opendous Inc. -# Denver Gingerich -# -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# On command line: -# -# make all = Make software. -# -# make clean = Clean out built project files. -# -# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF. -# -# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF. -# -# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude. -# Please customize the avrdude settings below first! -# -# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must -# have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must -# have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer -# (must have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP -# (must have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have -# DoxyGen installed) -# -# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, -# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging. -# -# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only. -# -# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting -# bug reports to the GCC project. -# -# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all". -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -# MCU name -MCU = at90usb1287 - - -# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring -# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called -# "Board" inside the application directory. -BOARD = USBKEY - - -# Processor frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the -# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to -# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done -# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code. -# Typical values are: -# F_CPU = 1000000 -# F_CPU = 1843200 -# F_CPU = 2000000 -# F_CPU = 3686400 -# F_CPU = 4000000 -# F_CPU = 7372800 -# F_CPU = 8000000 -# F_CPU = 11059200 -# F_CPU = 14745600 -# F_CPU = 16000000 -# F_CPU = 18432000 -# F_CPU = 20000000 -F_CPU = 8000000 - - -# Input clock frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the -# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may -# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the -# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed -# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' -# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your -# source code. -# -# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the -# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU. -F_CLOCK = 8000000 - - -# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary) -FORMAT = ihex - - -# Target file name (without extension). -TARGET = MassStorageHost - - -# Object files directory -# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make -# this an empty or blank macro! -OBJDIR = . - - -# Path to the LUFA library -LUFA_PATH = ../../.. - - -# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -SRC = $(TARGET).c \ - ConfigDescriptor.c \ - Lib/MassStoreCommands.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \ - - -# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -CPPSRC = - - -# List Assembler source files here. -# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s -# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler -# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"! -# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same, -# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does -# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line. -ASRC = - - -# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. -# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size. -# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.) -OPT = s - - -# Debugging format. -# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs. -# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2. -# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run. -DEBUG = dwarf-2 - - -# List any extra directories to look for include files here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ - - -# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level. -# c89 = "ANSI" C -# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions -# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented) -# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions -CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C sources -CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" -CDEFS += -DUSB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS=2000 - - -# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources -ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources -CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS - - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) -CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections -CFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20 -CFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) -CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions -CPPFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls -#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Assembler Options ---------------- -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns: create listing -# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that -# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames -# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source -# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there] -# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex -# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input. -ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 - - -#---------------- Library Options ---------------- -# Minimalistic printf version -PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min - -# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version. -PRINTF_LIB = -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN) -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -# Minimalistic scanf version -SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min - -# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version. -SCANF_LIB = -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN) -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -MATH_LIB = -lm - - -# List any extra directories to look for libraries here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRALIBDIRS = - - - -#---------------- External Memory Options ---------------- - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# only used for heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -EXTMEMOPTS = - - - -#---------------- Linker Options ---------------- -# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker. -# -Map: create map file -# --cref: add cross reference to map file -LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections -LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) -LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) -LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) -#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x - - - -#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ---------------- - -# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd -# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500 -# -# Type: avrdude -c ? -# to get a full listing. -# -AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII - -# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port. -AVRDUDE_PORT = usb - -AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex -#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep - - -# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter. -# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn, -# see avrdude manual. -#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y - -# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be -# performed after programming the device. -#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V - -# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug -# reports about avrdude. See -# to submit bug reports. -#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v - -AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) - - - -#---------------- Debugging Options ---------------- - -# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency. -DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) - -# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight. -# DEBUG_UI = gdb -DEBUG_UI = insight - -# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr. -DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice -#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr - -# GDB Init Filename. -GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit - -# When using avarice settings for the JTAG -JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 - -# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr. -DEBUG_PORT = 4242 - -# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally -# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when -# avarice is running on a different computer. -DEBUG_HOST = localhost - - - -#============================================================================ - - -# Define programs and commands. -SHELL = sh -CC = avr-gcc -OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy -OBJDUMP = avr-objdump -SIZE = avr-size -AR = avr-ar rcs -NM = avr-nm -AVRDUDE = avrdude -REMOVE = rm -f -REMOVEDIR = rm -rf -COPY = cp -WINSHELL = cmd - -# Define Messages -# English -MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none -MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- -MSG_END = -------- end -------- -MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: -MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: -MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: -MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: -MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: -MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: -MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: -MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: -MSG_LINKING = Linking: -MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: -MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: -MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: -MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: -MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: - - - - -# Define all object files. -OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - -# Define all listing files. -LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - - -# Compiler flags to generate dependency files. -GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d - - -# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags. -# Add target processor to flags. -ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) - - - - - -# Default target. -all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end - -# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library. -build: elf hex eep lss sym -#build: lib - - -elf: $(TARGET).elf -hex: $(TARGET).hex -eep: $(TARGET).eep -lss: $(TARGET).lss -sym: $(TARGET).sym -LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a -lib: $(LIBNAME) - - - -# Eye candy. -# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on -# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job. -begin: - @echo - @echo $(MSG_BEGIN) - -end: - @echo $(MSG_END) - @echo - - -# Display size of file. -HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex -ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf -MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) -FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) - -sizebefore: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -sizeafter: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -checkhooks: build - @echo - @echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events ------- - @$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \ - cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \ - echo "(None)" - @echo ------------------------------------ - -checklibmode: - @echo - @echo ----------- Library Mode ----------- - @$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \ - | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \ - || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)." - @echo ------------------------------------ - -checkboard: - @echo - @echo ---------- Selected Board ---------- - @echo Selected board model is $(BOARD). - @echo ------------------------------------ - -# Display compiler version information. -gccversion : - @$(CC) --version - - - -# Program the device. -program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) - -flip: $(TARGET).hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu: $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - -flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - - -# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following: -# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set -# a breakpoint at main(). -gdb-config: - @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) - @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -endif - @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - -debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) - @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \ - $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) - @$(WINSHELL) /c pause - -else - @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \ - $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) -endif - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) - - - - -# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB. -COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 - - - -coff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - -extcoff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - - -# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file. -%.hex: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ - $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ - -%.eep: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ - -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \ - --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 - -# Create extended listing file from ELF output file. -%.lss: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ - $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ - -# Create a symbol table from ELF output file. -%.sym: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ - $(NM) -n $< > $@ - - - -# Create library from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.a: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ - $(AR) $@ $(OBJ) - - -# Link: create ELF output file from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.elf: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ - $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) - - -# Compile: create object files from C source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create object files from C++ source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C source files. -%.s : %.c - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files. -%.s : %.cpp - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S - @echo - @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report. -%.i : %.c - $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Target: clean project. -clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end - -clean_binary: - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex - -clean_list: - @echo $(MSG_CLEANING) - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) - $(REMOVEDIR) .dep - - -doxygen: - @echo Generating Project Documentation... - @doxygen Doxygen.conf - @echo Documentation Generation Complete. - -clean_doxygen: - rm -rf Documentation - -# Create object files directory -$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) - - -# Include the dependency files. --include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) - - -# Listing of phony targets. -.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \ -begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \ -build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \ -clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \ -doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0f6ab59ae..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations - * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures - * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - -/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This - * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate - * with compatible devices. - * - * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint. - * - * \return An error code from the MouseHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum. - */ -uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void) -{ - uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData; - uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize; - - /* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */ - if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - return ControlError; - - /* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */ - if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE) - return DescriptorTooLarge; - - /* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */ - ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize); - - /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */ - USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData); - - /* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration) - return InvalidConfigDataReturned; - - /* Get the mouse interface from the configuration descriptor */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextMouseInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoHIDInterfaceFound; - } - - /* Get the mouse interface's data endpoint descriptor */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoEndpointFound; - } - - /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */ - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t); - - /* Configure the mouse data pipe */ - Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN, - EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE); - - Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(); - - /* Valid data found, return success */ - return SuccessfulConfigRead; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mouse HID Class and Protocol values. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - /* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - /* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */ - if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == MOUSE_CLASS) && - (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == MOUSE_PROTOCOL)) - { - /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */ - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - } - - /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */ - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next IN Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, - * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - /* Determine the type of the current descriptor */ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint) - { - /* Check if the current Endpoint descriptor is of type IN */ - if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN) - { - /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */ - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - } - else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - /* Indicate that the search has failed prematurely and should be aborted */ - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail; - } - - /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */ - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index cb1ae63ad..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c. - */ - -#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ -#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include // USB Functionality - - #include "MouseHost.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */ - #define MOUSE_CLASS 0x03 - - /** Interface Protocol value for a Boot Protocol Mouse compliant device */ - #define MOUSE_PROTOCOL 0x02 - - /** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */ - #define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512 - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */ - enum MouseHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t - { - SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */ - ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */ - DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */ - InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */ - NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */ - NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void); - - uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor); - uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index 5194af375..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project -# -# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all -# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the -# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See -# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded -# by quotes) that should identify the project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. -# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or -# if some version control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0 - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) -# base path where the generated documentation will be put. -# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location -# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create -# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output -# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. -# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of -# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would -# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# The default language is English, other supported languages are: -# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, -# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, -# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, -# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, -# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in -# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). -# Set to NO to disable this. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend -# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. -# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator -# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string -# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be -# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is -# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. -# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically -# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" -# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" -# "represents" "a" "an" "the" - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full -# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set -# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag -# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is -# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of -# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the -# path to strip. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of -# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells -# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. -# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class -# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that -# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter -# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems -# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen -# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc -# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments -# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will -# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments -# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring -# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen -# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// -# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. -# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed -# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented -# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it -# re-implements. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce -# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will -# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. -# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts -# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". -# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to -# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which -# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". -# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. -# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list -# of all members will be omitted, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified -# scopes will look different, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Fortran. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for -# VHDL. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should -# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. -# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. -# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public -# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter -# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) -# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the -# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or -# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the -# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of -# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a -# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to -# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using -# the \nosubgrouping command. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum -# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically -# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to -# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. -# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. -# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is -# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause -# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time -# causing a significant performance penality. -# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the -# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on -# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the -# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: -# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, -# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols - -SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. -# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless -# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) -# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. -# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local -# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in -# the interface are included in the documentation. -# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base -# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default -# anonymous namespace are hidden. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. -# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the -# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. -# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. -# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various -# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. -# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the -# documentation. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. -# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the -# function's detailed documentation block. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation -# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set -# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. -# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate -# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen -# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the -# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation -# of that file. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] -# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen -# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members -# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically -# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) -# the group names will appear in their defined order. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be -# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to -# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, -# not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the -# alphabetical list. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting -# \deprecated commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional -# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines -# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in -# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified -# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. -# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the -# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer -# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated -# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the -# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories -# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy -# in the documentation. The default is NO. - -SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. -# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the -# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index -# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command , where is the value of -# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and is the name of an input file -# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output -# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by -# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files -# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents -# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a -# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name -# of the layout file. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated -# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank -# NO is used. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings -# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will -# automatically be disabled. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some -# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that -# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for -# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters -# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about -# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of -# documentation. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that -# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text -# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the -# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain -# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could -# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning -# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written -# to stderr. - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or -# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories -# with spaces. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is -# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built -# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for -# the list of possible encodings. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank the following patterns are tested: -# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx -# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories -# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. -# If left blank NO is used. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. - -EXCLUDE = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded -# from the input. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched -# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories -# for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see -# the \include command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank all files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude -# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see -# the \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command , where -# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the name of an -# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes -# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be -# ignored. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: -# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further -# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER -# is applied to all files. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source -# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will -# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also -# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body -# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct -# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code -# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented -# functions referencing it will be listed. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented entities -# called/used by that function will be listed. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) -# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from -# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will -# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code -# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen -# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source -# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You -# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for -# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index -# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project -# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then -# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns -# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all -# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. -# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that -# should be ignored while generating the index headers. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate HTML output. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for -# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank -# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard footer. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading -# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to -# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen -# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy -# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own -# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, -# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to -# NO a bullet list will be used. - -HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 -# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). -# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the -# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that -# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find -# it at startup. -# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the -# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple -# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) -# can be grouped. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that -# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a -# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen -# will append .docset to the name. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the -# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) -# of the generated HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You -# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. - -CHM_FILE = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of -# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run -# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag -# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that -# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING -# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file -# content. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag -# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a -# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members -# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER -# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for -# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated -# HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. -# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Namespace. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. -# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated -# .qhp file . - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at -# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and -# the value YES disables it. - -DISABLE_INDEX = NO - -# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) -# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. -# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated -# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that -# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are -# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values -# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, -# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; -# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which -# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous -# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE -# respectively. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be -# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree -# is shown. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included -# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that -# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need -# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory -# to force them to be regenerated. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate Latex output. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to -# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the -# default command name. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used -# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and -# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX -# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for -# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until -# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated -# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of -# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep -# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. -# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not -# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) -# in the output. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output -# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with -# other RTF readers or editors. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated -# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other -# programs which support those fields. -# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's -# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide -# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. -# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate man pages - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to -# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, -# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity -# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files -# only source the real man page, but without them the man command -# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an XML file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_SCHEMA = - -# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_DTD = - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting -# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that -# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file -# that captures the structure of the code including all -# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental -# and incomplete at the moment. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this -# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the -# moment. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate -# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able -# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be -# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful -# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this -# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller -# and Perl will parse it just the same. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file -# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. -# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same -# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include -# files. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro -# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional -# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled -# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES -# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the -# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files -# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by -# the preprocessor. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will -# be used. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that -# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name -# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are -# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being -# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator -# instead of the = operator. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then -# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. -# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. -# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then -# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone -# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such -# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse -# the parser if not removed. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. -# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation -# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without -# this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or -# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool -# does not have to be run to correct the links. -# Note that each tag file must have a unique name -# (where the name does NOT include the path) -# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen -# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create -# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed -# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes -# will be listed. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed -# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will -# be listed. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base -# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that -# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a -# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide -# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented -# or is not a class. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization -# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section -# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output -# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This -# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need -# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name -# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, -# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the -# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory -# containing the font. - -DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. -# The default size is 10pt. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the -# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a -# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot -# can find it using this tag. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the -# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and -# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the -# relations between templates and their instances. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT -# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented -# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with -# other documented files. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and -# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each -# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or -# indirectly include this file. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs -# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller -# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES -# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories -# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include -# relations between the files in the directories. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif -# If left blank png will be used. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. - -DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin" - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the -# \dotfile command). - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of -# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph -# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is -# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the -# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note -# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the -# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable -# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes -# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this -# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large -# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not -# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, -# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of -# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) -# support this, this feature is disabled by default. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and -# arrows in the dot generated graphs. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate -# the various graphs. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to the search engine -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be -# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7db95808a..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the MouseHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of - * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "MouseHost.h" - -/* Scheduler Task List */ -TASK_LIST -{ - { .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP }, - { .Task = USB_Mouse_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP }, -}; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then - * starts the scheduler to run the application tasks. - */ -int main(void) -{ - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - SerialStream_Init(9600, false); - LEDs_Init(); - - /* Indicate USB not ready */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); - - /* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */ - Scheduler_Init(); - - /* Initialize USB Subsystem */ - USB_Init(); - - /* Start-up message */ - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY - "Mouse Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF)); - - /* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */ - Scheduler_Start(); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and - * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void) -{ - puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n")); - UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating); - - /* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and - * stops the library USB task management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void) -{ - /* Stop mouse and USB management task */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP); - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Mouse_Host, TASK_STOP); - - puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n")); - UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully - * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void) -{ - /* Start Mouse Host task */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Mouse_Host, TASK_RUN); - - /* Indicate device enumeration complete */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */ -void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode) -{ - USB_ShutDown(); - - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError); - for(;;); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while - * enumerating an attached USB device. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode) -{ - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState); - - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); -} - -/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to - * log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates. - * - * \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the MouseHost_StatusCodes_t enum - */ -void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus) -{ - uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS; - - /* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */ - switch (CurrentStatus) - { - case Status_USBNotReady: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1); - break; - case Status_USBEnumerating: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2); - break; - case Status_USBReady: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2); - break; - case Status_EnumerationError: - case Status_HardwareError: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3); - break; - } - - /* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); -} - -/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report - * contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port. - */ -void ReadNextReport(void) -{ - USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReport; - uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS; - - /* Select mouse data pipe */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE); - - /* Unfreeze keyboard data pipe */ - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Check to see if a packet has been received */ - if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived())) - { - /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - - return; - } - - /* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */ - if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()) - { - /* Read in mouse report data */ - Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&MouseReport, sizeof(MouseReport)); - - /* Alter status LEDs according to mouse X movement */ - if (MouseReport.X > 0) - LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1; - else if (MouseReport.X < 0) - LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2; - - /* Alter status LEDs according to mouse Y movement */ - if (MouseReport.Y > 0) - LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3; - else if (MouseReport.Y < 0) - LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4; - - /* Alter status LEDs according to mouse button position */ - if (MouseReport.Button) - LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS; - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); - - /* Print mouse report data through the serial port */ - printf_P(PSTR("dX:%2d dY:%2d Button:%d\r\n"), MouseReport.X, - MouseReport.Y, - MouseReport.Button); - } - - /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */ - Pipe_ClearIN(); - - /* Refreeze mouse data pipe */ - Pipe_Freeze(); -} - -/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process - * HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs. - */ -TASK(USB_Mouse_Host) -{ - uint8_t ErrorCode; - - /* Switch to determine what user-application handled host state the host state machine is in */ - switch (USB_HostState) - { - case HOST_STATE_Addressed: - /* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */ - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE), - .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration, - .wValue = 1, - .wIndex = 0, - .wLength = 0, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */ - if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error status */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured; - break; - case HOST_STATE_Configured: - puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n")); - - /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */ - if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead) - { - if (ErrorCode == ControlError) - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n")); - else - puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n")); - - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error status */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - /* HID class request to set the mouse protocol to the Boot Protocol */ - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE), - .bRequest = REQ_SetProtocol, - .wValue = 0, - .wIndex = 0, - .wLength = 0, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */ - if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Protocol).\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error status */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n")); - - USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready; - break; - case HOST_STATE_Ready: - /* If a report has been received, read and process it */ - ReadNextReport(); - - break; - } -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7111218ba..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for MouseHost.c. - */ - -#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_ -#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include - #include - #include - #include - #include - #include - - #include // Library Version Information - #include // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes - #include // USB Functionality - #include // Serial stream driver - #include // LEDs driver - #include // Simple scheduler for task management - - #include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Pipe number for the mouse data IN pipe */ - #define MOUSE_DATAPIPE 1 - - /** HID Class Specific request to set the report protocol mode */ - #define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Mouse report */ - typedef struct - { - uint8_t Button; /**< Button mask for currently pressed buttons in the mouse */ - int8_t X; /**< Current delta X movement of the mouse */ - int8_t Y; /**< Current delta Y movement on the mouse */ - } USB_MouseReport_Data_t; - - /* Task Definitions: */ - TASK(USB_Mouse_Host); - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */ - enum MouseHost_StatusCodes_t - { - Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */ - Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */ - Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */ - Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */ - Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void); - - void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus); - void ReadNextReport(void); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3838a7011..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage Mouse Host Demo - * - * \section SSec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *
USB Mode:Host
USB Class:Human Interface Device (HID)
USB Subclass:N/A
Relevant Standards:USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables
Usable Speeds:Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode
- * - * \section SSec_Description Project Description: - * - * Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference - * application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using - * the standard mouse HID profile. - * - * Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs, - * as well as printed out the serial terminal as formatted dY, dY and - * button status information. - * - * This uses a naive method where the mouse is set to Boot Protocol mode, so - * that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation - * uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across - * all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the - * MouseHostWithParser demo application. - * - * Currently only single interface mice are supported. - * - * \section SSec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * - * - * - * - *
- * None - *
- */ diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index b7bad9400..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,734 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*- -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al. -# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. << -# -# Released to the Public Domain -# -# Additional material for this makefile was written by: -# Peter Fleury -# Tim Henigan -# Colin O'Flynn -# Reiner Patommel -# Markus Pfaff -# Sander Pool -# Frederik Rouleau -# Carlos Lamas -# Dean Camera -# Opendous Inc. -# Denver Gingerich -# -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# On command line: -# -# make all = Make software. -# -# make clean = Clean out built project files. -# -# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF. -# -# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF. -# -# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude. -# Please customize the avrdude settings below first! -# -# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must -# have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must -# have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer -# (must have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP -# (must have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have -# DoxyGen installed) -# -# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, -# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging. -# -# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only. -# -# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting -# bug reports to the GCC project. -# -# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all". -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -# MCU name -MCU = at90usb1287 - - -# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring -# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called -# "Board" inside the application directory. -BOARD = USBKEY - - -# Processor frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the -# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to -# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done -# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code. -# Typical values are: -# F_CPU = 1000000 -# F_CPU = 1843200 -# F_CPU = 2000000 -# F_CPU = 3686400 -# F_CPU = 4000000 -# F_CPU = 7372800 -# F_CPU = 8000000 -# F_CPU = 11059200 -# F_CPU = 14745600 -# F_CPU = 16000000 -# F_CPU = 18432000 -# F_CPU = 20000000 -F_CPU = 8000000 - - -# Input clock frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the -# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may -# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the -# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed -# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' -# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your -# source code. -# -# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the -# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU. -F_CLOCK = 8000000 - - -# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary) -FORMAT = ihex - - -# Target file name (without extension). -TARGET = MouseHost - - -# Object files directory -# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make -# this an empty or blank macro! -OBJDIR = . - - -# Path to the LUFA library -LUFA_PATH = ../../.. - - -# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -SRC = $(TARGET).c \ - ConfigDescriptor.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \ - - -# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -CPPSRC = - - -# List Assembler source files here. -# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s -# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler -# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"! -# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same, -# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does -# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line. -ASRC = - - -# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. -# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size. -# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.) -OPT = s - - -# Debugging format. -# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs. -# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2. -# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run. -DEBUG = dwarf-2 - - -# List any extra directories to look for include files here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ - - -# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level. -# c89 = "ANSI" C -# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions -# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented) -# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions -CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C sources -CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" - -# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources -ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources -CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS - - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) -CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections -CFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20 -CFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) -CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions -CPPFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls -#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Assembler Options ---------------- -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns: create listing -# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that -# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames -# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source -# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there] -# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex -# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input. -ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 - - -#---------------- Library Options ---------------- -# Minimalistic printf version -PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min - -# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version. -PRINTF_LIB = -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN) -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -# Minimalistic scanf version -SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min - -# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version. -SCANF_LIB = -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN) -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -MATH_LIB = -lm - - -# List any extra directories to look for libraries here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRALIBDIRS = - - - -#---------------- External Memory Options ---------------- - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# only used for heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -EXTMEMOPTS = - - - -#---------------- Linker Options ---------------- -# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker. -# -Map: create map file -# --cref: add cross reference to map file -LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections -LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) -LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) -LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) -#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x - - - -#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ---------------- - -# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd -# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500 -# -# Type: avrdude -c ? -# to get a full listing. -# -AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII - -# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port. -AVRDUDE_PORT = usb - -AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex -#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep - - -# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter. -# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn, -# see avrdude manual. -#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y - -# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be -# performed after programming the device. -#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V - -# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug -# reports about avrdude. See -# to submit bug reports. -#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v - -AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) - - - -#---------------- Debugging Options ---------------- - -# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency. -DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) - -# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight. -# DEBUG_UI = gdb -DEBUG_UI = insight - -# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr. -DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice -#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr - -# GDB Init Filename. -GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit - -# When using avarice settings for the JTAG -JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 - -# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr. -DEBUG_PORT = 4242 - -# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally -# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when -# avarice is running on a different computer. -DEBUG_HOST = localhost - - - -#============================================================================ - - -# Define programs and commands. -SHELL = sh -CC = avr-gcc -OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy -OBJDUMP = avr-objdump -SIZE = avr-size -AR = avr-ar rcs -NM = avr-nm -AVRDUDE = avrdude -REMOVE = rm -f -REMOVEDIR = rm -rf -COPY = cp -WINSHELL = cmd - -# Define Messages -# English -MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none -MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- -MSG_END = -------- end -------- -MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: -MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: -MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: -MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: -MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: -MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: -MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: -MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: -MSG_LINKING = Linking: -MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: -MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: -MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: -MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: -MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: - - - - -# Define all object files. -OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - -# Define all listing files. -LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - - -# Compiler flags to generate dependency files. -GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d - - -# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags. -# Add target processor to flags. -ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) - - - - - -# Default target. -all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end - -# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library. -build: elf hex eep lss sym -#build: lib - - -elf: $(TARGET).elf -hex: $(TARGET).hex -eep: $(TARGET).eep -lss: $(TARGET).lss -sym: $(TARGET).sym -LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a -lib: $(LIBNAME) - - - -# Eye candy. -# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on -# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job. -begin: - @echo - @echo $(MSG_BEGIN) - -end: - @echo $(MSG_END) - @echo - - -# Display size of file. -HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex -ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf -MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) -FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) - -sizebefore: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -sizeafter: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -checkhooks: build - @echo - @echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events ------- - @$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \ - cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \ - echo "(None)" - @echo ------------------------------------ - -checklibmode: - @echo - @echo ----------- Library Mode ----------- - @$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \ - | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \ - || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)." - @echo ------------------------------------ - -checkboard: - @echo - @echo ---------- Selected Board ---------- - @echo Selected board model is $(BOARD). - @echo ------------------------------------ - -# Display compiler version information. -gccversion : - @$(CC) --version - - - -# Program the device. -program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) - -flip: $(TARGET).hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu: $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - -flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - - -# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following: -# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set -# a breakpoint at main(). -gdb-config: - @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) - @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -endif - @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - -debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) - @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \ - $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) - @$(WINSHELL) /c pause - -else - @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \ - $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) -endif - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) - - - - -# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB. -COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 - - - -coff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - -extcoff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - - -# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file. -%.hex: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ - $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ - -%.eep: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ - -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \ - --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 - -# Create extended listing file from ELF output file. -%.lss: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ - $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ - -# Create a symbol table from ELF output file. -%.sym: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ - $(NM) -n $< > $@ - - - -# Create library from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.a: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ - $(AR) $@ $(OBJ) - - -# Link: create ELF output file from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.elf: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ - $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) - - -# Compile: create object files from C source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create object files from C++ source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C source files. -%.s : %.c - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files. -%.s : %.cpp - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S - @echo - @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report. -%.i : %.c - $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Target: clean project. -clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end - -clean_binary: - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex - -clean_list: - @echo $(MSG_CLEANING) - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) - $(REMOVEDIR) .dep - - -doxygen: - @echo Generating Project Documentation... - @doxygen Doxygen.conf - @echo Documentation Generation Complete. - -clean_doxygen: - rm -rf Documentation - -# Create object files directory -$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) - - -# Include the dependency files. --include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) - - -# Listing of phony targets. -.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \ -begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \ -build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \ -clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \ -doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5d9d3f04e..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations - * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures - * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - -/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This - * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate - * with compatible devices. - * - * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor. - * - * \return An error code from the MouseHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum. - */ -uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void) -{ - uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData; - uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize; - - /* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */ - if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - return ControlError; - - /* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */ - if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE) - return DescriptorTooLarge; - - /* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */ - ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize); - - /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */ - USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData); - - /* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration) - return InvalidConfigDataReturned; - - /* Get the mouse interface from the configuration descriptor */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextMouseInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoHIDInterfaceFound; - } - - /* Get the mouse interface's HID descriptor */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoHIDDescriptorFound; - } - - /* Save the HID report size for later use */ - HIDReportSize = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_HID_t).HIDReportLength; - - /* Get the mouse interface's data endpoint descriptor */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoEndpointFound; - } - - /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */ - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t); - - /* Configure the mouse data pipe */ - Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN, - EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE); - - Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(); - - /* Valid data found, return success */ - return SuccessfulConfigRead; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mouse HID Class and Protocol values. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - /* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */ - if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == MOUSE_CLASS) && - (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == MOUSE_PROTOCOL)) - { - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - } - - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next IN Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, - * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint) - { - if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN) - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail; - } - - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_HID) - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - else - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index 08400c50f..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c. - */ - -#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ -#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include // USB Functionality - - #include "HIDReport.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */ - #define MOUSE_CLASS 0x03 - - /** Interface Protocol value for a Boot Protocol Mouse compliant device */ - #define MOUSE_PROTOCOL 0x02 - - /** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */ - #define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512 - - /** Descriptor header type constant for a HID descriptor */ - #define DTYPE_HID 0x21 - - /** Descriptor header type constant for a HID report descriptor */ - #define DTYPE_Report 0x22 - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */ - enum CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t - { - SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */ - ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */ - DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */ - InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */ - NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */ - NoHIDDescriptorFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID descriptor was not found in the device's HID interface */ - NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void); - - uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor); - uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor); - uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index f3f45e313..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project -# -# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all -# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the -# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See -# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded -# by quotes) that should identify the project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host (Using Mouse Descriptor Parser)" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. -# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or -# if some version control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0 - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) -# base path where the generated documentation will be put. -# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location -# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create -# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output -# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. -# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of -# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would -# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# The default language is English, other supported languages are: -# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, -# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, -# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, -# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, -# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in -# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). -# Set to NO to disable this. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend -# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. -# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator -# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string -# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be -# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is -# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. -# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically -# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" -# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" -# "represents" "a" "an" "the" - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full -# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set -# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag -# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is -# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of -# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the -# path to strip. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of -# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells -# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. -# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class -# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that -# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter -# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems -# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen -# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc -# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments -# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will -# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments -# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring -# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen -# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// -# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. -# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed -# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented -# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it -# re-implements. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce -# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will -# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. -# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts -# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". -# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to -# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which -# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". -# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. -# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list -# of all members will be omitted, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified -# scopes will look different, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Fortran. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for -# VHDL. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should -# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. -# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. -# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public -# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter -# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) -# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the -# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or -# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the -# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of -# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a -# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to -# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using -# the \nosubgrouping command. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum -# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically -# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to -# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. -# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. -# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is -# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause -# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time -# causing a significant performance penality. -# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the -# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on -# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the -# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: -# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, -# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols - -SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. -# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless -# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) -# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. -# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local -# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in -# the interface are included in the documentation. -# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base -# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default -# anonymous namespace are hidden. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. -# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the -# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. -# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. -# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various -# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. -# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the -# documentation. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. -# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the -# function's detailed documentation block. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation -# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set -# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. -# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate -# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen -# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the -# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation -# of that file. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] -# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen -# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members -# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically -# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) -# the group names will appear in their defined order. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be -# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to -# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, -# not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the -# alphabetical list. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting -# \deprecated commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional -# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines -# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in -# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified -# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. -# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the -# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer -# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated -# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the -# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories -# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy -# in the documentation. The default is NO. - -SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. -# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the -# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index -# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command , where is the value of -# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and is the name of an input file -# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output -# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by -# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files -# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents -# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a -# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name -# of the layout file. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated -# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank -# NO is used. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings -# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will -# automatically be disabled. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some -# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that -# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for -# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters -# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about -# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of -# documentation. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that -# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text -# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the -# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain -# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could -# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning -# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written -# to stderr. - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or -# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories -# with spaces. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is -# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built -# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for -# the list of possible encodings. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank the following patterns are tested: -# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx -# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories -# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. -# If left blank NO is used. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. - -EXCLUDE = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded -# from the input. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched -# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories -# for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see -# the \include command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank all files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude -# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see -# the \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command , where -# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the name of an -# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes -# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be -# ignored. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: -# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further -# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER -# is applied to all files. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source -# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will -# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also -# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body -# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct -# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code -# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented -# functions referencing it will be listed. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented entities -# called/used by that function will be listed. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) -# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from -# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will -# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code -# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen -# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source -# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You -# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for -# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index -# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project -# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then -# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns -# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all -# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. -# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that -# should be ignored while generating the index headers. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate HTML output. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for -# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank -# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard footer. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading -# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to -# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen -# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy -# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own -# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, -# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to -# NO a bullet list will be used. - -HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 -# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). -# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the -# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that -# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find -# it at startup. -# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the -# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple -# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) -# can be grouped. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that -# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a -# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen -# will append .docset to the name. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the -# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) -# of the generated HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You -# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. - -CHM_FILE = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of -# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run -# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag -# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that -# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING -# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file -# content. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag -# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a -# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members -# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER -# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for -# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated -# HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. -# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Namespace. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. -# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated -# .qhp file . - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at -# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and -# the value YES disables it. - -DISABLE_INDEX = NO - -# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) -# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. -# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated -# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that -# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are -# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values -# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, -# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; -# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which -# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous -# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE -# respectively. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be -# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree -# is shown. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included -# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that -# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need -# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory -# to force them to be regenerated. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate Latex output. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to -# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the -# default command name. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used -# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and -# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX -# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for -# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until -# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated -# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of -# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep -# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. -# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not -# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) -# in the output. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output -# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with -# other RTF readers or editors. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated -# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other -# programs which support those fields. -# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's -# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide -# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. -# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate man pages - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to -# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, -# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity -# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files -# only source the real man page, but without them the man command -# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an XML file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_SCHEMA = - -# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_DTD = - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting -# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that -# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file -# that captures the structure of the code including all -# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental -# and incomplete at the moment. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this -# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the -# moment. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate -# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able -# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be -# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful -# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this -# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller -# and Perl will parse it just the same. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file -# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. -# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same -# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include -# files. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro -# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional -# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled -# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES -# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the -# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files -# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by -# the preprocessor. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will -# be used. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that -# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name -# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are -# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being -# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator -# instead of the = operator. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then -# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. -# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. -# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then -# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone -# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such -# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse -# the parser if not removed. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. -# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation -# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without -# this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or -# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool -# does not have to be run to correct the links. -# Note that each tag file must have a unique name -# (where the name does NOT include the path) -# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen -# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create -# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed -# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes -# will be listed. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed -# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will -# be listed. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base -# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that -# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a -# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide -# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented -# or is not a class. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization -# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section -# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output -# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This -# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need -# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name -# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, -# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the -# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory -# containing the font. - -DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. -# The default size is 10pt. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the -# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a -# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot -# can find it using this tag. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the -# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and -# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the -# relations between templates and their instances. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT -# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented -# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with -# other documented files. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and -# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each -# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or -# indirectly include this file. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs -# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller -# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES -# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories -# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include -# relations between the files in the directories. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif -# If left blank png will be used. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. - -DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin" - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the -# \dotfile command). - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of -# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph -# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is -# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the -# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note -# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the -# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable -# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes -# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this -# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large -# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not -# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, -# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of -# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) -# support this, this feature is disabled by default. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and -# arrows in the dot generated graphs. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate -# the various graphs. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to the search engine -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be -# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4d895908e..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -#include "HIDReport.h" - -/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */ -uint16_t HIDReportSize; - -/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */ -HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo; - - -/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read - * structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library. - * - * \return A value from the MouseHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void) -{ - /* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */ - uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize]; - - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE), - .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor, - .wValue = (DTYPE_Report << 8), - .wIndex = 0, - .wLength = HIDReportSize, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - /* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */ - if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - return ParseControlError; - - /* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */ - if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful) - return ParseError; - - return ParseSuccessful; -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h deleted file mode 100644 index b24885544..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for HIDReport.c. - */ - -#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_ -#define _HID_REPORT_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include // USB Functionality - - #include "MouseHostWithParser.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button */ - #define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON 0x09 - - /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control */ - #define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL 0x01 - - /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement */ - #define USAGE_X 0x30 - - /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement */ - #define USAGE_Y 0x31 - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible return codes of the GetHIDReportData() function. */ - enum MouseHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t - { - ParseSuccessful = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */ - ParseError = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */ - ParseControlError = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */ - }; - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for a HID descriptor. */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */ - - uint16_t HIDSpec; /**< Implemented HID class specification, in BCD encoded format */ - uint8_t CountryCode; /**< Country code value for localized hardware */ - - uint8_t TotalHIDDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors in the current interface */ - - uint8_t HIDReportType; /**< HID report type of the first HID report descriptor */ - uint16_t HIDReportLength; /**< Total size in bytes of the first HID report descriptor */ - } USB_Descriptor_HID_t; - - /* External Variables: */ - extern uint16_t HIDReportSize; - extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c deleted file mode 100644 index f26e9e2a6..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,362 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the MouseHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of - * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "MouseHostWithParser.h" - -/* Scheduler Task List */ -TASK_LIST -{ - { .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP }, - { .Task = USB_Mouse_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP }, -}; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then - * starts the scheduler to run the application tasks. - */ -int main(void) -{ - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - SerialStream_Init(9600, false); - LEDs_Init(); - - /* Indicate USB not ready */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); - - /* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */ - Scheduler_Init(); - - /* Initialize USB Subsystem */ - USB_Init(); - - /* Start-up message */ - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY - "Mouse Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF)); - - /* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */ - Scheduler_Start(); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and - * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void) -{ - puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n")); - UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating); - - /* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and - * stops the library USB task management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void) -{ - /* Stop mouse and USB management task */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP); - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Mouse_Host, TASK_STOP); - - puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n")); - UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully - * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void) -{ - /* Start Mouse Host task */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Mouse_Host, TASK_RUN); - - /* Indicate device enumeration complete */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */ -void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode) -{ - USB_ShutDown(); - - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError); - for(;;); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while - * enumerating an attached USB device. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode) -{ - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState); - - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); -} - -/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to - * log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates. - * - * \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the MouseHostWithParser_StatusCodes_t enum - */ -void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus) -{ - uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS; - - /* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */ - switch (CurrentStatus) - { - case Status_USBNotReady: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1); - break; - case Status_USBEnumerating: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2); - break; - case Status_USBReady: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2); - break; - case Status_EnumerationError: - case Status_HardwareError: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3); - break; - case Status_Busy: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED4); - break; - } - - /* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); -} - -/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process - * the HID report descriptor and HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs. - */ -TASK(USB_Mouse_Host) -{ - uint8_t ErrorCode; - - /* Switch to determine what user-application handled host state the host state machine is in */ - switch (USB_HostState) - { - case HOST_STATE_Addressed: - /* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */ - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE), - .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration, - .wValue = 1, - .wIndex = 0, - .wLength = 0, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */ - if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error via status LEDs */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured; - break; - case HOST_STATE_Configured: - puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n")); - - /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */ - if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead) - { - if (ErrorCode == ControlError) - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n")); - else - puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n")); - - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error via status LEDs */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - puts_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report.\r\n")); - - /* LEDs one and two on to indicate busy processing */ - UpdateStatus(Status_Busy); - - /* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */ - if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful) - { - puts_P(PSTR("Report Parse Error.\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error via status LEDs */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - /* All LEDs off - ready to indicate key presses */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady); - - puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n")); - - USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready; - break; - case HOST_STATE_Ready: - /* Select and unfreeze mouse data pipe */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Check to see if a packet has been received */ - if (Pipe_IsINReceived()) - { - /* Check if data has been received from the attached mouse */ - if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()) - { - /* Create buffer big enough for the report */ - uint8_t MouseReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()]; - - /* Load in the mouse report */ - Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(MouseReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe()); - - /* Process the read in mouse report from the device */ - ProcessMouseReport(MouseReport); - } - - /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */ - Pipe_ClearIN(); - } - - /* Freeze mouse data pipe */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - break; - } -} - -/** Processes a read HID report from an attached mouse, extracting out elements via the HID parser results - * as required and displays movement and button presses on the board LEDs. - * - * \param MouseReport Pointer to a HID report from an attached mouse device - */ -void ProcessMouseReport(uint8_t* MouseReport) -{ - uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS; - - /* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for mouse X/Y/button reports */ - for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++) - { - /* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */ - HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber]; - - bool FoundData; - - if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) && - (ReportItem->ItemType == REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In)) - { - /* Get the mouse button value */ - FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem); - - /* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */ - if (!(FoundData)) - continue; - - /* If button is pressed, all LEDs are turned on */ - if (ReportItem->Value) - LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS; - } - else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) && - ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X) || - (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y)) && - (ReportItem->ItemType == REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In)) - { - /* Get the mouse relative position value */ - FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem); - - /* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */ - if (!(FoundData)) - continue; - - int16_t DeltaMovement; - - if (ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize > 8) - DeltaMovement = (int16_t)ReportItem->Value; - else - DeltaMovement = (int8_t)ReportItem->Value; - - /* Determine if the report is for the X or Y delta movement */ - if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X) - { - /* Turn on the appropriate LED according to direction if the delta is non-zero */ - if (DeltaMovement) - LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2); - } - else - { - /* Turn on the appropriate LED according to direction if the delta is non-zero */ - if (DeltaMovement) - LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4); - } - } - } - - /* Display the button information on the board LEDs */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); -} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h deleted file mode 100644 index f2cc2fd00..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_ -#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include - #include - #include - #include - #include - - #include // Library Version Information - #include // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes - #include // USB Functionality - #include // Serial stream driver - #include // LEDs driver - #include // Simple scheduler for task management - - #include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - #include "HIDReport.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Pipe number for the mouse report data pipe */ - #define MOUSE_DATAPIPE 1 - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */ - enum MouseHostWithParser_StatusCodes_t - { - Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */ - Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */ - Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */ - Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */ - Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */ - Status_Busy = 5, /**< Busy dumping HID report items to the serial port */ - }; - - /* Task Definitions: */ - TASK(USB_Mouse_Host); - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void); - - void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus); - void ProcessMouseReport(uint8_t* MouseReport); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3c83341a2..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage Mouse Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo - * - * \section SSec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *
USB Mode:Host
USB Class:Human Interface Device (HID)
USB Subclass:N/A
Relevant Standards:USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables
Usable Speeds:Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode
- * - * \section SSec_Description Project Description: - * - * Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference - * application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using - * the standard mouse HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID - * reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB mice. This - * demo supports mice with a single HID report. - * - * Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs. - * On connection to a USB mouse, the report items will be processed and - * printed as a formatted list through the USART before the mouse is - * fully enumerated. - * - * Currently only single interface mice are supported. - * - * \section SSec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * - * - * - * - *
- * None - *
- */ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index a6aeb6dc7..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,736 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*- -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al. -# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. << -# -# Released to the Public Domain -# -# Additional material for this makefile was written by: -# Peter Fleury -# Tim Henigan -# Colin O'Flynn -# Reiner Patommel -# Markus Pfaff -# Sander Pool -# Frederik Rouleau -# Carlos Lamas -# Dean Camera -# Opendous Inc. -# Denver Gingerich -# -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# On command line: -# -# make all = Make software. -# -# make clean = Clean out built project files. -# -# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF. -# -# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF. -# -# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude. -# Please customize the avrdude settings below first! -# -# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must -# have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must -# have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer -# (must have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP -# (must have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have -# DoxyGen installed) -# -# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, -# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging. -# -# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only. -# -# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting -# bug reports to the GCC project. -# -# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all". -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -# MCU name -MCU = at90usb1287 - - -# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring -# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called -# "Board" inside the application directory. -BOARD = USBKEY - - -# Processor frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the -# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to -# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done -# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code. -# Typical values are: -# F_CPU = 1000000 -# F_CPU = 1843200 -# F_CPU = 2000000 -# F_CPU = 3686400 -# F_CPU = 4000000 -# F_CPU = 7372800 -# F_CPU = 8000000 -# F_CPU = 11059200 -# F_CPU = 14745600 -# F_CPU = 16000000 -# F_CPU = 18432000 -# F_CPU = 20000000 -F_CPU = 8000000 - - -# Input clock frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the -# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may -# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the -# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed -# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' -# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your -# source code. -# -# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the -# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU. -F_CLOCK = 8000000 - - -# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary) -FORMAT = ihex - - -# Target file name (without extension). -TARGET = MouseHostWithParser - - -# Object files directory -# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make -# this an empty or blank macro! -OBJDIR = . - - -# Path to the LUFA library -LUFA_PATH = ../../.. - - -# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -SRC = $(TARGET).c \ - ConfigDescriptor.c \ - HIDReport.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \ - - -# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -CPPSRC = - - -# List Assembler source files here. -# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s -# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler -# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"! -# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same, -# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does -# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line. -ASRC = - - -# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. -# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size. -# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.) -OPT = s - - -# Debugging format. -# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs. -# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2. -# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run. -DEBUG = dwarf-2 - - -# List any extra directories to look for include files here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ - - -# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level. -# c89 = "ANSI" C -# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions -# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented) -# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions -CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C sources -CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" - - -# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources -ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources -CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS - - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) -CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections -CFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20 -CFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) -CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions -CPPFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls -#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Assembler Options ---------------- -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns: create listing -# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that -# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames -# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source -# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there] -# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex -# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input. -ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 - - -#---------------- Library Options ---------------- -# Minimalistic printf version -PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min - -# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version. -PRINTF_LIB = -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN) -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -# Minimalistic scanf version -SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min - -# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version. -SCANF_LIB = -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN) -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -MATH_LIB = -lm - - -# List any extra directories to look for libraries here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRALIBDIRS = - - - -#---------------- External Memory Options ---------------- - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# only used for heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -EXTMEMOPTS = - - - -#---------------- Linker Options ---------------- -# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker. -# -Map: create map file -# --cref: add cross reference to map file -LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections -LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) -LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) -LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) -#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x - - - -#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ---------------- - -# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd -# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500 -# -# Type: avrdude -c ? -# to get a full listing. -# -AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII - -# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port. -AVRDUDE_PORT = usb - -AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex -#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep - - -# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter. -# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn, -# see avrdude manual. -#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y - -# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be -# performed after programming the device. -#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V - -# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug -# reports about avrdude. See -# to submit bug reports. -#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v - -AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) - - - -#---------------- Debugging Options ---------------- - -# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency. -DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) - -# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight. -# DEBUG_UI = gdb -DEBUG_UI = insight - -# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr. -DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice -#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr - -# GDB Init Filename. -GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit - -# When using avarice settings for the JTAG -JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 - -# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr. -DEBUG_PORT = 4242 - -# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally -# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when -# avarice is running on a different computer. -DEBUG_HOST = localhost - - - -#============================================================================ - - -# Define programs and commands. -SHELL = sh -CC = avr-gcc -OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy -OBJDUMP = avr-objdump -SIZE = avr-size -AR = avr-ar rcs -NM = avr-nm -AVRDUDE = avrdude -REMOVE = rm -f -REMOVEDIR = rm -rf -COPY = cp -WINSHELL = cmd - -# Define Messages -# English -MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none -MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- -MSG_END = -------- end -------- -MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: -MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: -MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: -MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: -MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: -MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: -MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: -MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: -MSG_LINKING = Linking: -MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: -MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: -MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: -MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: -MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: - - - - -# Define all object files. -OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - -# Define all listing files. -LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - - -# Compiler flags to generate dependency files. -GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d - - -# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags. -# Add target processor to flags. -ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) - - - - - -# Default target. -all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end - -# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library. -build: elf hex eep lss sym -#build: lib - - -elf: $(TARGET).elf -hex: $(TARGET).hex -eep: $(TARGET).eep -lss: $(TARGET).lss -sym: $(TARGET).sym -LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a -lib: $(LIBNAME) - - - -# Eye candy. -# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on -# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job. -begin: - @echo - @echo $(MSG_BEGIN) - -end: - @echo $(MSG_END) - @echo - - -# Display size of file. -HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex -ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf -MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) -FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) - -sizebefore: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -sizeafter: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -checkhooks: build - @echo - @echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events ------- - @$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \ - cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \ - echo "(None)" - @echo ------------------------------------ - -checklibmode: - @echo - @echo ----------- Library Mode ----------- - @$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \ - | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \ - || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)." - @echo ------------------------------------ - -checkboard: - @echo - @echo ---------- Selected Board ---------- - @echo Selected board model is $(BOARD). - @echo ------------------------------------ - -# Display compiler version information. -gccversion : - @$(CC) --version - - - -# Program the device. -program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) - -flip: $(TARGET).hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu: $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - -flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - - -# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following: -# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set -# a breakpoint at main(). -gdb-config: - @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) - @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -endif - @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - -debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) - @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \ - $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) - @$(WINSHELL) /c pause - -else - @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \ - $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) -endif - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) - - - - -# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB. -COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 - - - -coff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - -extcoff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - - -# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file. -%.hex: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ - $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ - -%.eep: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ - -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \ - --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 - -# Create extended listing file from ELF output file. -%.lss: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ - $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ - -# Create a symbol table from ELF output file. -%.sym: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ - $(NM) -n $< > $@ - - - -# Create library from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.a: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ - $(AR) $@ $(OBJ) - - -# Link: create ELF output file from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.elf: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ - $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) - - -# Compile: create object files from C source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create object files from C++ source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C source files. -%.s : %.c - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files. -%.s : %.cpp - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S - @echo - @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report. -%.i : %.c - $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Target: clean project. -clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end - -clean_binary: - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex - -clean_list: - @echo $(MSG_CLEANING) - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) - $(REMOVEDIR) .dep - - -doxygen: - @echo Generating Project Documentation... - @doxygen Doxygen.conf - @echo Documentation Generation Complete. - -clean_doxygen: - rm -rf Documentation - -# Create object files directory -$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) - - -# Include the dependency files. --include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) - - -# Listing of phony targets. -.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \ -begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \ -build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \ -clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \ -doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index 108496964..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,192 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations - * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures - * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - -/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This - * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate - * with compatible devices. - * - * This routine searches for a SI interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints. - * - * \return An error code from the StillImageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum. - */ -uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void) -{ - uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData; - uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize; - uint8_t FoundEndpoints = 0; - - /* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */ - if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - return ControlError; - - /* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */ - if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE) - return DescriptorTooLarge; - - /* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */ - ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize); - - /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */ - USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData); - - /* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration) - return InvalidConfigDataReturned; - - /* Get the Still Image interface from the configuration descriptor */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextStillImageInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoInterfaceFound; - } - - /* Get the IN and OUT data and event endpoints for the Still Image interface */ - while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE) | (1 << SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE) | (1 << SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE))) - { - /* Fetch the next endpoint from the current Still Image interface */ - if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, - DComp_NextSImageInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found) - { - /* Descriptor not found, error out */ - return NoEndpointFound; - } - - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t); - - /* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */ - if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT) - { - /* If the endpoint is a IN type interrupt endpoint */ - if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN) - { - /* Configure the events pipe */ - Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN, - EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, - PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE); - - Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(); - Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(EndpointData->PollingIntervalMS); - - /* Set the flag indicating that the events pipe has been found */ - FoundEndpoints |= (1 << SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE); - } - } - else - { - /* Check if the endpoint is a bulk IN or bulk OUT endpoint */ - if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN) - { - /* Configure the data IN pipe */ - Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_IN, - EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, - PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE); - - Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(); - - /* Set the flag indicating that the data IN pipe has been found */ - FoundEndpoints |= (1 << SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE); - } - else - { - /* Configure the data OUT pipe */ - Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT, - EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, - PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE); - - /* Set the flag indicating that the data OUT pipe has been found */ - FoundEndpoints |= (1 << SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE); - } - } - } - - /* Valid data found, return success */ - return SuccessfulConfigRead; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Still Image Class, Subclass and Protocol values. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - /* Check the descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */ - if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == SIMAGE_CLASS) && - (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).SubClass == SIMAGE_SUBCLASS) && - (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == SIMAGE_PROTOCOL)) - { - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - } - - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} - -/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's - * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration - * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found. - * - * This comparator searches for the next Interrupt or Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the current SI interface, aborting the - * search if another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint. - * - * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t DComp_NextSImageInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor) -{ - if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint) - { - uint8_t EndpointType = (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK); - - if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found; - } - else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface) - { - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail; - } - - return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound; -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index 29df30c0c..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c. - */ - -#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ -#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include // USB Functionality - - #include "StillImageHost.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Interface Class value for the Still Image Device class */ - #define SIMAGE_CLASS 0x06 - - /** Interface Class value for the Still Image Device subclass */ - #define SIMAGE_SUBCLASS 0x01 - - /** Interface Class value for the Still Image Device protocol */ - #define SIMAGE_PROTOCOL 0x01 - - /** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */ - #define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512 - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */ - enum MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t - { - SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */ - ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */ - DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */ - InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */ - NoInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible SI interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */ - NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< The correct SI endpoint descriptors were not found in the device's SI interface */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void); - - uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor); - uint8_t DComp_NextSImageInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index d3a494a5f..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project -# -# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all -# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the -# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See -# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded -# by quotes) that should identify the project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Still Image Host Demo" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. -# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or -# if some version control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0 - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) -# base path where the generated documentation will be put. -# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location -# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create -# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output -# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. -# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of -# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would -# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# The default language is English, other supported languages are: -# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, -# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, -# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, -# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, -# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in -# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). -# Set to NO to disable this. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend -# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. -# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator -# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string -# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be -# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is -# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. -# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically -# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" -# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" -# "represents" "a" "an" "the" - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full -# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set -# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag -# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is -# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of -# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the -# path to strip. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of -# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells -# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. -# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class -# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that -# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter -# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems -# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen -# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc -# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments -# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will -# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments -# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring -# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen -# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// -# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. -# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed -# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented -# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it -# re-implements. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce -# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will -# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. -# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts -# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". -# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to -# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which -# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". -# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. -# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list -# of all members will be omitted, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified -# scopes will look different, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Fortran. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for -# VHDL. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should -# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. -# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. -# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public -# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter -# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) -# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the -# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or -# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the -# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of -# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a -# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to -# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using -# the \nosubgrouping command. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum -# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically -# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to -# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. -# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. -# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is -# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause -# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time -# causing a significant performance penality. -# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the -# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on -# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the -# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: -# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, -# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols - -SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. -# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless -# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) -# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. -# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local -# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in -# the interface are included in the documentation. -# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base -# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default -# anonymous namespace are hidden. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. -# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the -# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. -# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. -# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various -# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. -# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the -# documentation. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. -# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the -# function's detailed documentation block. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation -# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set -# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. -# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate -# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen -# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the -# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation -# of that file. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] -# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen -# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members -# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically -# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) -# the group names will appear in their defined order. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be -# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to -# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, -# not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the -# alphabetical list. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting -# \deprecated commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional -# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines -# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in -# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified -# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. -# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the -# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer -# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated -# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the -# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories -# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy -# in the documentation. The default is NO. - -SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. -# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the -# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index -# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command , where is the value of -# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and is the name of an input file -# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output -# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by -# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files -# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents -# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a -# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name -# of the layout file. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated -# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank -# NO is used. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings -# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will -# automatically be disabled. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some -# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that -# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for -# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters -# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about -# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of -# documentation. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that -# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text -# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the -# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain -# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could -# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning -# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written -# to stderr. - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or -# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories -# with spaces. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is -# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built -# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for -# the list of possible encodings. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank the following patterns are tested: -# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx -# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories -# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. -# If left blank NO is used. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. - -EXCLUDE = - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded -# from the input. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched -# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories -# for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see -# the \include command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank all files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude -# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see -# the \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command , where -# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the name of an -# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes -# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be -# ignored. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: -# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further -# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER -# is applied to all files. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source -# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will -# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also -# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body -# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct -# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code -# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented -# functions referencing it will be listed. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented entities -# called/used by that function will be listed. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) -# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from -# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will -# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code -# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen -# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source -# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You -# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for -# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index -# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project -# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then -# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns -# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all -# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. -# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that -# should be ignored while generating the index headers. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate HTML output. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for -# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank -# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard footer. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading -# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to -# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen -# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy -# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own -# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, -# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to -# NO a bullet list will be used. - -HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 -# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). -# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the -# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that -# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find -# it at startup. -# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the -# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple -# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) -# can be grouped. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that -# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a -# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen -# will append .docset to the name. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the -# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) -# of the generated HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You -# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. - -CHM_FILE = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of -# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run -# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag -# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that -# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING -# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file -# content. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag -# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a -# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members -# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER -# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for -# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated -# HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. -# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Namespace. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. -# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated -# .qhp file . - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at -# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and -# the value YES disables it. - -DISABLE_INDEX = NO - -# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) -# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. -# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated -# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that -# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are -# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values -# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, -# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; -# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which -# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous -# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE -# respectively. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be -# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree -# is shown. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included -# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that -# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need -# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory -# to force them to be regenerated. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate Latex output. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to -# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the -# default command name. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used -# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and -# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX -# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for -# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until -# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated -# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of -# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep -# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. -# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not -# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) -# in the output. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output -# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with -# other RTF readers or editors. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated -# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other -# programs which support those fields. -# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's -# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide -# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. -# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate man pages - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to -# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, -# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity -# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files -# only source the real man page, but without them the man command -# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an XML file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_SCHEMA = - -# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_DTD = - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting -# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that -# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file -# that captures the structure of the code including all -# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental -# and incomplete at the moment. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this -# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the -# moment. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate -# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able -# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be -# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful -# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this -# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller -# and Perl will parse it just the same. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file -# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. -# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same -# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include -# files. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro -# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional -# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled -# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES -# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the -# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files -# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by -# the preprocessor. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will -# be used. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that -# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name -# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are -# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being -# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator -# instead of the = operator. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then -# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. -# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. -# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then -# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone -# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such -# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse -# the parser if not removed. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. -# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation -# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without -# this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or -# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool -# does not have to be run to correct the links. -# Note that each tag file must have a unique name -# (where the name does NOT include the path) -# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen -# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create -# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed -# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes -# will be listed. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed -# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will -# be listed. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base -# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that -# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a -# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide -# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented -# or is not a class. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization -# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section -# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output -# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This -# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need -# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name -# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, -# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the -# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory -# containing the font. - -DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. -# The default size is 10pt. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the -# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a -# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot -# can find it using this tag. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the -# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and -# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the -# relations between templates and their instances. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT -# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented -# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with -# other documented files. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and -# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each -# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or -# indirectly include this file. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs -# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller -# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES -# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories -# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include -# relations between the files in the directories. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif -# If left blank png will be used. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. - -DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin" - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the -# \dotfile command). - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of -# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph -# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is -# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the -# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note -# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the -# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable -# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes -# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this -# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large -# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not -# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, -# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of -# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) -# support this, this feature is disabled by default. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and -# arrows in the dot generated graphs. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate -# the various graphs. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to the search engine -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be -# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h deleted file mode 100644 index 38755aba8..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header containing macros for possible PIMA commands. Refer to the PIMA standard - * documentation for more information on each PIMA command. - */ - -#ifndef _PIMA_CODES_H_ - - /* Macros: */ - #define PIMA_OPERATION_GETDEVICEINFO 0x1001 - #define PIMA_OPERATION_OPENSESSION 0x1002 - #define PIMA_OPERATION_CLOSESESSION 0x1003 - - #define PIMA_RESPONSE_OK 0x2001 - #define PIMA_RESPONSE_GENERALERROR 0x2002 - #define PIMA_RESPONSE_SESSIONNOTOPEN 0x2003 - #define PIMA_RESPONSE_INVALIDTRANSACTIONID 0x2004 - #define PIMA_RESPONSE_OPERATIONNOTSUPPORTED 0x2005 - #define PIMA_RESPONSE_PARAMETERNOTSUPPORTED 0x2006 - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8f05e48f4..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,279 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Still Image Device commands, to issue PIMA commands to the device for - * reading device status, capacity, and other characteristics as well as - * reading and writing of stored image data. - */ - -#include "StillImageCommands.h" - -/* Globals: */ -/** PIMA block container for the block to send to the device */ -PIMA_Container_t PIMA_SendBlock; - -/** PIMA block container for the last received block from the device */ -PIMA_Container_t PIMA_ReceivedBlock; - -/** PIMA block container for the last event block received from the device */ -PIMA_Container_t PIMA_EventBlock; - - -/** Function to send the PIMA command container to the attached still image device. */ -void SImage_SendBlockHeader(void) -{ - /* Unfreeze the data OUT pipe ready for data transmission */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Write the PIMA block to the data OUT pipe */ - Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMA_SendBlock, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0)); - - /* If the block type is a command, send its parameters (if any) */ - if (PIMA_SendBlock.Type == CType_CommandBlock) - { - /* Determine the size of the parameters in the block via the data length attribute */ - uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMA_SendBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0)); - - /* Check if any parameters in the command block */ - if (ParamBytes) - { - /* Write the PIMA parameters to the data OUT pipe */ - Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMA_SendBlock.Params, ParamBytes); - } - - /* Send the PIMA command block to the attached device */ - Pipe_ClearOUT(); - } - - /* Freeze pipe after use */ - Pipe_Freeze(); -} - -/** Function to receive a PIMA event container from the attached still image device. */ -void SImage_RecieveEventHeader(void) -{ - /* Unfreeze the events pipe */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Read in the event data into the global structure */ - Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_EventBlock, sizeof(PIMA_EventBlock)); - - /* Clear the pipe after read complete to prepare for next event */ - Pipe_ClearIN(); - - /* Freeze the event pipe again after use */ - Pipe_Freeze(); -} - -/** Function to receive a PIMA response container from the attached still image device. */ -uint8_t SImage_RecieveBlockHeader(void) -{ - uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS; - - /* Unfreeze the data IN pipe */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Wait until data received on the IN pipe */ - while (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - { - /* Check to see if a new frame has been issued (1ms elapsed) */ - if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI)) - { - /* Clear the flag and decrement the timeout period counter */ - USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI); - TimeoutMSRem--; - - /* Check to see if the timeout period for the command has elapsed */ - if (!(TimeoutMSRem)) - { - /* Return error code */ - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout; - } - } - - Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE); - - /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */ - if (Pipe_IsStalled()) - { - /* Clear the stall condition on the OUT pipe */ - SImage_ClearPipeStall(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE); - - /* Return error code and break out of the loop */ - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled; - } - - Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE); - - /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */ - if (Pipe_IsStalled()) - { - /* Clear the stall condition on the IN pipe */ - SImage_ClearPipeStall(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE); - - /* Return error code */ - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled; - } - - /* Check to see if the device was disconnected, if so exit function */ - if (!(USB_IsConnected)) - { - /* Return error code */ - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected; - } - }; - - /* Freeze OUT pipe after use */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE); - Pipe_Freeze(); - - /* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE); - - /* Load in the response from the attached device */ - Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_ReceivedBlock, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0)); - - /* Check if the returned block type is a response block */ - if (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type == CType_ResponseBlock) - { - /* Determine the size of the parameters in the block via the data length attribute */ - uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0)); - - /* Check if the device has returned any parameters */ - if (ParamBytes) - { - /* Read the PIMA parameters from the data IN pipe */ - Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Params, ParamBytes); - } - - /* Clear pipe bank after use */ - Pipe_ClearIN(); - } - - /* Freeze the IN pipe after use */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - - return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; -} - -/** Function to send the given data to the device, after a command block has been issued. - * - * \param Buffer Source data buffer to send to the device - * \param Bytes Number of bytes to send - */ -void SImage_SendData(void* Buffer, uint16_t Bytes) -{ - /* Unfreeze the data OUT pipe */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Write the data contents to the pipe */ - Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes); - - /* Send the last packet to the attached device */ - Pipe_ClearOUT(); - - /* Freeze the pipe again after use */ - Pipe_Freeze(); -} - -/** Function to receive the given data to the device, after a response block has been received. - * - * \param Buffer Destination data buffer to put read bytes from the device - * \param Bytes Number of bytes to receive - * - * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t SImage_ReadData(void* Buffer, uint16_t Bytes) -{ - uint8_t ErrorCode; - - /* Unfreeze the data IN pipe */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* Read in the data into the buffer */ - ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes); - - /* Freeze the pipe again after use */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - - return ErrorCode; -} - -/** Function to test if a PIMA event block is waiting to be read in from the attached device. - * - * \return True if an event is waiting to be read in from the device, false otherwise - */ -bool SImage_IsEventReceived(void) -{ - bool IsEventReceived = false; - - /* Unfreeze the Event pipe */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - - /* If the pipe contains data, an event has been received */ - if (Pipe_BytesInPipe()) - IsEventReceived = true; - - /* Freeze the pipe after use */ - Pipe_Freeze(); - - return IsEventReceived; -} - -/** Clears the stall condition in the attached device on the nominated endpoint number. - * - * \param EndpointNum Endpoint number in the attached device whose stall condition is to be cleared - * - * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum - */ -uint8_t SImage_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum) -{ - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT), - .bRequest = REQ_ClearFeature, - .wValue = FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT, - .wIndex = EndpointNum, - .wLength = 0, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL); -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h deleted file mode 100644 index ad0ba55a2..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for StillImageCommands.c. - */ - -#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_COMMANDS_H_ -#define _STILL_IMAGE_COMMANDS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include // USB Functionality - - #include "PIMACodes.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Pipe number of the Still Image data IN pipe */ - #define SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE 0x01 - - /** Pipe number of the Still Image data OUT pipe */ - #define SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE 0x02 - - /** Pipe number of the Still Image events pipe */ - #define SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE 0x03 - - /** Timeout period between the issuing of a command to a device, and the reception of the first packet */ - #define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 5000 - - /** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for - * a command container. - * - * \param params Number of parameters which are to be sent in the Param field of the container - */ - #define PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(params) ((sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock) - sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock.Params)) + \ - (params * sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock.Params[0]))) - - /** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for - * a data container. - * - * \param datalen Length in bytes of the data in the container - */ - #define PIMA_DATA_SIZE(datalen) ((sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock) - sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock.Params)) + datalen) - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for a PIMA container, use to send commands and receive responses to and from an - * attached Still Image device. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint32_t DataLength; /**< Length of the container and data, in bytes */ - uint16_t Type; /**< Container type, a value from the PIMA_Container_Types_t enum */ - uint16_t Code; /**< Command, event or response code of the container */ - uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique container ID to link blocks together */ - uint32_t Params[4]; /**< Block parameters to be issued along with the block code (command blocks only) */ - } PIMA_Container_t; - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible PIMA contains types. */ - enum PIMA_Container_Types_t - { - CType_Undefined = 0, /**< Undefined container type */ - CType_CommandBlock = 1, /**< Command Block container type */ - CType_DataBlock = 2, /**< Data Block container type */ - CType_ResponseBlock = 3, /**< Response container type */ - CType_EventBlock = 4, /**< Event Block container type */ - }; - - /* External Variables: */ - extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_SendBlock; - extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_ReceivedBlock; - extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_EventBlock; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SImage_SendBlockHeader(void); - uint8_t SImage_RecieveBlockHeader(void); - void SImage_RecieveEventHeader(void); - void SImage_SendData(void* Buffer, uint16_t Bytes); - uint8_t SImage_ReadData(void* Buffer, uint16_t Bytes); - bool SImage_IsEventReceived(void); - uint8_t SImage_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c deleted file mode 100644 index 197e832f6..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,434 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the StillImageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of - * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "StillImageHost.h" - -/* Scheduler Task List */ -TASK_LIST -{ - { .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP }, - { .Task = USB_SImage_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP }, -}; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then - * starts the scheduler to run the application tasks. - */ -int main(void) -{ - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable Clock Division */ - CLKPR = (1 << CLKPCE); - CLKPR = 0; - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - SerialStream_Init(9600, false); - LEDs_Init(); - - /* Indicate USB not ready */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); - - /* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */ - Scheduler_Init(); - - /* Initialize USB Subsystem */ - USB_Init(); - - /* Start-up message */ - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY - "Still Image Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF)); - - /* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */ - Scheduler_Start(); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and - * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void) -{ - puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n")); - UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating); - - /* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and - * stops the library USB task management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void) -{ - /* Stop USB management and Still Image tasks */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP); - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_SImage_Host, TASK_STOP); - - puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n")); - UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully - * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void) -{ - /* Once device is fully enumerated, start the Still Image Host task */ - Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_SImage_Host, TASK_RUN); - - /* Indicate device enumeration complete */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */ -void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode) -{ - USB_ShutDown(); - - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError); - for(;;); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while - * enumerating an attached USB device. - */ -void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode) -{ - puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n")); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState); - - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); -} - -/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to print device information - * through the serial port. - */ -TASK(USB_SImage_Host) -{ - uint8_t ErrorCode; - - switch (USB_HostState) - { - case HOST_STATE_Addressed: - /* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */ - USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t) - { - .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE), - .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration, - .wValue = 1, - .wIndex = 0, - .wLength = 0, - }; - - /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE); - - /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */ - if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) - { - puts_P(PSTR("Control error.\r\n")); - - /* Indicate error via status LEDs */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured; - break; - case HOST_STATE_Configured: - puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n")); - - /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */ - if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead) - { - if (ErrorCode == ControlError) - puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n")); - else - puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n")); - - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error via status LEDs */ - UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - break; - } - - puts_P(PSTR("Still Image Device Enumerated.\r\n")); - - USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready; - break; - case HOST_STATE_Ready: - /* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */ - UpdateStatus(Status_Busy); - - puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Device Info...\r\n")); - - PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t) - { - .DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), - .Type = CType_CommandBlock, - .Code = PIMA_OPERATION_GETDEVICEINFO, - .TransactionID = 0x00000000, - .Params = {}, - }; - - /* Send the GETDEVICEINFO block */ - SImage_SendBlockHeader(); - - /* Receive the response data block */ - if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - { - ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false); - break; - } - - /* Calculate the size of the returned device info data structure */ - uint16_t DeviceInfoSize = (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0)); - - /* Create a buffer large enough to hold the entire device info */ - uint8_t DeviceInfo[DeviceInfoSize]; - - /* Read in the data block data (containing device info) */ - SImage_ReadData(DeviceInfo, DeviceInfoSize); - - /* Once all the data has been read, the pipe must be cleared before the response can be sent */ - Pipe_ClearIN(); - - /* Create a pointer for walking through the info dataset */ - uint8_t* DeviceInfoPos = DeviceInfo; - - /* Skip over the data before the unicode device information strings */ - DeviceInfoPos += 8; // Skip to VendorExtensionDesc String - DeviceInfoPos += ((*DeviceInfoPos << 1) + 1); // Skip over VendorExtensionDesc String - DeviceInfoPos += 2; // Skip over FunctionalMode - DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over OperationCode Array - DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over EventCode Array - DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over DevicePropCode Array - DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over ObjectFormatCode Array - DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over ObjectFormatCode Array - - /* Extract and convert the Manufacturer Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */ - char Manufacturer[*DeviceInfoPos]; - UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, Manufacturer); - printf_P(PSTR(" Manufacturer: %s\r\n"), Manufacturer); - - DeviceInfoPos += ((*DeviceInfoPos << 1) + 1); // Skip over Manufacturer String - - /* Extract and convert the Model Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */ - char Model[*DeviceInfoPos]; - UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, Model); - printf_P(PSTR(" Model: %s\r\n"), Model); - - DeviceInfoPos += ((*DeviceInfoPos << 1) + 1); // Skip over Model String - - /* Extract and convert the Device Version Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */ - char DeviceVersion[*DeviceInfoPos]; - UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, DeviceVersion); - printf_P(PSTR(" Device Version: %s\r\n"), DeviceVersion); - - /* Receive the final response block from the device */ - if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - { - ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false); - break; - } - - /* Verify that the command completed successfully */ - if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != CType_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK)) - { - ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true); - break; - } - - puts_P(PSTR("Opening Session...\r\n")); - - PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t) - { - .DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1), - .Type = CType_CommandBlock, - .Code = PIMA_OPERATION_OPENSESSION, - .TransactionID = 0x00000000, - .Params = {0x00000001}, - }; - - /* Send the OPENSESSION block, open a session with an ID of 0x0001 */ - SImage_SendBlockHeader(); - - /* Receive the response block from the device */ - if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - { - ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false); - break; - } - - /* Verify that the command completed successfully */ - if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != CType_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK)) - { - ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true); - break; - } - - puts_P(PSTR("Closing Session...\r\n")); - - PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t) - { - .DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1), - .Type = CType_CommandBlock, - .Code = PIMA_OPERATION_CLOSESESSION, - .TransactionID = 0x00000001, - .Params = {0x00000001}, - }; - - /* Send the CLOSESESSION block, close the session with an ID of 0x0001 */ - SImage_SendBlockHeader(); - - /* Receive the response block from the device */ - if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) - { - ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false); - break; - } - - /* Verify that the command completed successfully */ - if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != CType_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK)) - { - ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true); - break; - } - - puts_P(PSTR("Done.\r\n")); - - /* Indicate device no longer busy */ - UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); - - break; - } -} - -/** Function to convert a given Unicode encoded string to ASCII. This function will only work correctly on Unicode - * strings which contain ASCII printable characters only. - * - * \param UnicodeString Pointer to a Unicode encoded input string - * \param Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the converted ASCII string should be stored - */ -void UnicodeToASCII(uint8_t* UnicodeString, char* Buffer) -{ - /* Get the number of characters in the string, skip to the start of the string data */ - uint8_t CharactersRemaining = *(UnicodeString++); - - /* Loop through the entire unicode string */ - while (CharactersRemaining--) - { - /* Load in the next unicode character (only the lower byte, only Unicode coded ASCII supported) */ - *(Buffer++) = *UnicodeString; - - /* Jump to the next unicode character */ - UnicodeString += 2; - } - - /* Null terminate the string */ - *Buffer = 0; -} - -/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to - * log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates. - * - * \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the StillImageHost_StatusCodes_t enum - */ -void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus) -{ - uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS; - - /* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */ - switch (CurrentStatus) - { - case Status_USBNotReady: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1); - break; - case Status_USBEnumerating: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2); - break; - case Status_USBReady: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2); - break; - case Status_EnumerationError: - case Status_HardwareError: - case Status_PIMACommandError: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3); - break; - case Status_Busy: - LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4); - break; - } - - /* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); -} - -/** Displays a PIMA command error via the device's serial port. - * - * \param ErrorCode Error code of the function which failed to complete successfully - * \param ResponseCodeError Indicates if the error is due to a command failed indication from the device, or a communication failure - */ -void ShowCommandError(uint8_t ErrorCode, bool ResponseCodeError) -{ - char* FailureType = ((ResponseCodeError) ? PSTR("Response Code != OK") : PSTR("Transaction Fail")); - - printf_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Command Error (%S).\r\n"), FailureType); - printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode); - - /* Indicate error via status LEDs */ - UpdateStatus(Status_PIMACommandError); - - /* Wait until USB device disconnected */ - while (USB_IsConnected); -} diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h deleted file mode 100644 index b563767cc..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for StillImageHost.c. - */ - -#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_ -#define _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include - #include - #include - #include - - #include "ConfigDescriptor.h" - - #include "Lib/PIMACodes.h" - #include "Lib/StillImageCommands.h" - - #include // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes - #include // USB Functionality - #include // Serial stream driver - #include // LED driver - #include // Simple scheduler for task management - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */ - enum StillImageHost_StatusCodes_t - { - Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */ - Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */ - Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */ - Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */ - Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */ - Status_Busy = 5, /**< Busy reading or writing to the attached Still Image device */ - Status_PIMACommandError = 6, /**< Error while sending or receiving a PIM command to the attached device */ - }; - - /* Task Definitions: */ - TASK(USB_SImage_Host); - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode); - void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void); - - void UnicodeToASCII(uint8_t* restrict UnicodeString, char* restrict Buffer); - void ShowCommandError(uint8_t ErrorCode, bool ResponseCodeError); - void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4cdfe6346..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage Still Image Host Demo - * - * \section SSec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *
USB Mode:Host
USB Class:Still Image Device
USB Subclass:N/A
Relevant Standards:USBIF Still Image Class SpecificationPIMA 15740 Specification
Usable Speeds:Full Speed Mode
- * - * \section SSec_Description Project Description: - * - * Still Image host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference - * application for implementing a Still Image host, for USB devices such as - * digital cameras. - * - * This demo will enumerate an attached USB Still Image device, print out its - * information structure, open a session with the device and finally close the - * session. - * - * \section SSec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * - * - * - * - *
- * None - *
- */ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 8c1ca0b45..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,735 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*- -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al. -# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. << -# -# Released to the Public Domain -# -# Additional material for this makefile was written by: -# Peter Fleury -# Tim Henigan -# Colin O'Flynn -# Reiner Patommel -# Markus Pfaff -# Sander Pool -# Frederik Rouleau -# Carlos Lamas -# Dean Camera -# Opendous Inc. -# Denver Gingerich -# -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# On command line: -# -# make all = Make software. -# -# make clean = Clean out built project files. -# -# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF. -# -# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF. -# -# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude. -# Please customize the avrdude settings below first! -# -# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must -# have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must -# have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer -# (must have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP -# (must have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have -# DoxyGen installed) -# -# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, -# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging. -# -# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only. -# -# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting -# bug reports to the GCC project. -# -# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all". -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# MCU name -MCU = at90usb1287 - - -# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring -# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called -# "Board" inside the application directory. -BOARD = USBKEY - - -# Processor frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the -# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to -# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done -# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code. -# Typical values are: -# F_CPU = 1000000 -# F_CPU = 1843200 -# F_CPU = 2000000 -# F_CPU = 3686400 -# F_CPU = 4000000 -# F_CPU = 7372800 -# F_CPU = 8000000 -# F_CPU = 11059200 -# F_CPU = 14745600 -# F_CPU = 16000000 -# F_CPU = 18432000 -# F_CPU = 20000000 -F_CPU = 8000000 - - -# Input clock frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the -# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may -# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the -# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed -# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' -# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your -# source code. -# -# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the -# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU. -F_CLOCK = 8000000 - - -# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary) -FORMAT = ihex - - -# Target file name (without extension). -TARGET = StillImageHost - - -# Object files directory -# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make -# this an empty or blank macro! -OBJDIR = . - - -# Path to the LUFA library -LUFA_PATH = ../../.. - - -# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -SRC = $(TARGET).c \ - ConfigDescriptor.c \ - Lib/StillImageCommands.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \ - - -# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -CPPSRC = - - -# List Assembler source files here. -# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s -# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler -# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"! -# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same, -# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does -# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line. -ASRC = - - -# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. -# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size. -# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.) -OPT = s - - -# Debugging format. -# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs. -# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2. -# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run. -DEBUG = dwarf-2 - - -# List any extra directories to look for include files here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ - - -# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level. -# c89 = "ANSI" C -# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions -# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented) -# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions -CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C sources -CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" - - -# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources -ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources -CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS - - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) -CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections -CFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20 -CFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) -CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions -CPPFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls -#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Assembler Options ---------------- -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns: create listing -# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that -# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames -# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source -# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there] -# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex -# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input. -ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 - - -#---------------- Library Options ---------------- -# Minimalistic printf version -PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min - -# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version. -PRINTF_LIB = -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN) -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -# Minimalistic scanf version -SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min - -# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version. -SCANF_LIB = -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN) -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -MATH_LIB = -lm - - -# List any extra directories to look for libraries here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRALIBDIRS = - - - -#---------------- External Memory Options ---------------- - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# only used for heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -EXTMEMOPTS = - - - -#---------------- Linker Options ---------------- -# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker. -# -Map: create map file -# --cref: add cross reference to map file -LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections -LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) -LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) -LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) -#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x - - - -#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ---------------- - -# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd -# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500 -# -# Type: avrdude -c ? -# to get a full listing. -# -AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII - -# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port. -AVRDUDE_PORT = usb - -AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex -#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep - - -# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter. -# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn, -# see avrdude manual. -#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y - -# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be -# performed after programming the device. -#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V - -# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug -# reports about avrdude. See -# to submit bug reports. -#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v - -AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) - - - -#---------------- Debugging Options ---------------- - -# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency. -DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) - -# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight. -# DEBUG_UI = gdb -DEBUG_UI = insight - -# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr. -DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice -#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr - -# GDB Init Filename. -GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit - -# When using avarice settings for the JTAG -JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 - -# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr. -DEBUG_PORT = 4242 - -# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally -# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when -# avarice is running on a different computer. -DEBUG_HOST = localhost - - - -#============================================================================ - - -# Define programs and commands. -SHELL = sh -CC = avr-gcc -OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy -OBJDUMP = avr-objdump -SIZE = avr-size -AR = avr-ar rcs -NM = avr-nm -AVRDUDE = avrdude -REMOVE = rm -f -REMOVEDIR = rm -rf -COPY = cp -WINSHELL = cmd - -# Define Messages -# English -MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none -MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- -MSG_END = -------- end -------- -MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: -MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: -MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: -MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: -MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: -MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: -MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: -MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: -MSG_LINKING = Linking: -MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: -MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: -MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: -MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: -MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: - - - - -# Define all object files. -OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - -# Define all listing files. -LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - - -# Compiler flags to generate dependency files. -GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d - - -# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags. -# Add target processor to flags. -ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) - - - - - -# Default target. -all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end - -# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library. -build: elf hex eep lss sym -#build: lib - - -elf: $(TARGET).elf -hex: $(TARGET).hex -eep: $(TARGET).eep -lss: $(TARGET).lss -sym: $(TARGET).sym -LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a -lib: $(LIBNAME) - - - -# Eye candy. -# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on -# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job. -begin: - @echo - @echo $(MSG_BEGIN) - -end: - @echo $(MSG_END) - @echo - - -# Display size of file. -HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex -ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf -MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) -FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) - -sizebefore: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -sizeafter: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -checkhooks: build - @echo - @echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events ------- - @$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \ - cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \ - echo "(None)" - @echo ------------------------------------ - -checklibmode: - @echo - @echo ----------- Library Mode ----------- - @$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \ - | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \ - || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)." - @echo ------------------------------------ - -checkboard: - @echo - @echo ---------- Selected Board ---------- - @echo Selected board model is $(BOARD). - @echo ------------------------------------ - -# Display compiler version information. -gccversion : - @$(CC) --version - - - -# Program the device. -program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) - -flip: $(TARGET).hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu: $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - -flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - - -# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following: -# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set -# a breakpoint at main(). -gdb-config: - @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) - @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -endif - @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - -debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) - @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \ - $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) - @$(WINSHELL) /c pause - -else - @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \ - $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) -endif - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) - - - - -# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB. -COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 - - - -coff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - -extcoff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - - -# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file. -%.hex: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ - $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ - -%.eep: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ - -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \ - --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 - -# Create extended listing file from ELF output file. -%.lss: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ - $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ - -# Create a symbol table from ELF output file. -%.sym: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ - $(NM) -n $< > $@ - - - -# Create library from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.a: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ - $(AR) $@ $(OBJ) - - -# Link: create ELF output file from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.elf: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ - $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) - - -# Compile: create object files from C source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create object files from C++ source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C source files. -%.s : %.c - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files. -%.s : %.cpp - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S - @echo - @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report. -%.i : %.c - $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Target: clean project. -clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end - -clean_binary: - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex - -clean_list: - @echo $(MSG_CLEANING) - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) - $(REMOVEDIR) .dep - - -doxygen: - @echo Generating Project Documentation... - @doxygen Doxygen.conf - @echo Documentation Generation Complete. - -clean_doxygen: - rm -rf Documentation - -# Create object files directory -$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) - - -# Include the dependency files. --include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) - - -# Listing of phony targets. -.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \ -begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \ -build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \ -clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \ -doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c index 95aafca8c..afeace02f 100644 --- a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c +++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c @@ -107,10 +107,6 @@ static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void) { uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS; - /* Unfreeze the OUT pipe so that it can be checked */ - Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE); - Pipe_Unfreeze(); - /* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE); Pipe_Unfreeze(); @@ -130,7 +126,9 @@ static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void) return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout; } + Pipe_Freeze(); Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE); + Pipe_Unfreeze(); /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */ if (Pipe_IsStalled()) @@ -140,8 +138,10 @@ static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void) return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled; } - + + Pipe_Freeze(); Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE); + Pipe_Unfreeze(); /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */ if (Pipe_IsStalled()) @@ -156,6 +156,12 @@ static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void) if (!(USB_IsConnected)) return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected; }; + + Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE); + Pipe_Freeze(); + + Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE); + Pipe_Freeze(); return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError; } diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h index 28f6a1561..e939f1c86 100644 --- a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h +++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ #define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN (1 << 7) /** Timeout period between the issuing of a CBW to a device, and the reception of the first packet */ - #define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 500 + #define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 2000 /** Pipe number of the Mass Storage data IN pipe */ #define MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE 1 diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c index 6810320e8..354a75fc7 100644 --- a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c +++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c @@ -74,6 +74,7 @@ void SetupHardware(void) SerialStream_Init(9600, false); LEDs_Init(); Buttons_Init(); + USB_Init(); } /** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and -- cgit v1.2.3